afeica
/
cocos-engine-external
2
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge branch 'v3.8.0' of github.com:cocos/cocos-engine-external into v3.7.2-hmi

This commit is contained in:
James Chen 2023-06-05 13:51:02 +08:00
parent 0fd7ff8de9 11b4056e55
commit ab15deb121
459 changed files with 1489377 additions and 127 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

2
CMakeLists.txt
View File

@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ elseif(APPLE)
# include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/ios-m1-simulator/CMakeLists.txt) # Uncomment this line and comment next line if using M1 simulator
include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/ios/CMakeLists.txt)
endif()
elseif(OPENHARMONY)
include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/openharmony/CMakeLists.txt)
elseif(OHOS)
include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/ohos/CMakeLists.txt)
elseif(EMSCRIPTEN)

3
cmake/CocosExternalConfig.cmake
View File

@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ elseif(WINDOWS)
elseif(MACOSX)
set(platform_name mac)
set(platform_spec_path mac)
elseif(OPENHARMONY)
set(platform_name ohos)
set(platform_spec_path openharmony/${OHOS_ARCH})
elseif(OHOS)
set(platform_name ohos)
set(platform_spec_path ohos/${OHOS_ARCH})

2
emscripten/bullet/bullet.asm.js Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

284
emscripten/bullet/bullet.d.ts vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
declare module 'external:emscripten/bullet/bullet.asm.js' {
function factory (env: any, wasmMemory: ArrayBuffer): Bullet.instance;
export default factory;
}
declare namespace Bullet {
type ptr = number;
interface instance {
_malloc(bytes: number): ptr;
_free(p: ptr): void;
_read_f32(p: ptr): void;
_write_f32(p: ptr, v: number): void;
_safe_delete(p: ptr, bulletType: number): void;
Vec3_new(x: number, y: number, z: number): ptr;
Vec3_x(p: ptr): number;
Vec3_y(p: ptr): number;
Vec3_z(p: ptr): number;
Vec3_set(p: ptr, x: number, y: number, z: number): void;
Quat_new(x: number, y: number, z: number, w: number): ptr;
Quat_x(p: ptr): number;
Quat_y(p: ptr): number;
Quat_z(p: ptr): number;
Quat_w(p: ptr): number;
Quat_set(p: ptr, x: number, y: number, z: number, w: number): void;
Transform_new(): ptr;
Transform_setIdentity(p: ptr): void;
Transform_getOrigin(p: ptr): ptr;
Transform_setRotation(p: ptr, quate: ptr): void;
Transform_getRotation(p: ptr, quate: ptr): void;
MotionState_getWorldTransform(p: ptr, transform: ptr): void;
MotionState_setWorldTransform(p: ptr, transform: ptr): void;
ccMotionState_new(id: number, initTrans: ptr): ptr;
int_array_size(p: ptr): number;
int_array_at(p: ptr, index: number): number;
Vec3_array_at(p: ptr, index: number): ptr;
// constraints
TypedConstraint_getFixedBody(): ptr;
HingeConstraint_new(ptr0: ptr, ptr1: ptr, ptr2: ptr, ptr3: ptr): ptr;
HingeConstraint_setFrames(ptr0: ptr, ptr1: ptr, ptr2: ptr): void;
HingeConstraint_setLimit(p: ptr, low: number, upper: number, softness: number, biasFactor: number, relaxationFactor: number): void;
HingeConstraint_setAngularOnly(p: ptr, angular: number): void;
HingeConstraint_enableMotor(p: ptr, enable: boolean): void;
HingeConstraint_setMotorVelocity(p: ptr, velocity: number): void;
HingeConstraint_setMaxMotorImpulse(p: ptr, maxImpulse: number): void;
HingeConstraint_setMotorTarget(p: ptr, target: number, dt: number): void;
P2PConstraint_new(ptr0: ptr, ptr1: ptr, ptr2: ptr, ptr3: ptr): ptr;
P2PConstraint_setPivotA(ptr0: ptr, ptr1: ptr): void;
P2PConstraint_setPivotB(ptr0: ptr, ptr1: ptr): void;
TypedConstraint_setMaxImpulseThreshold(ptr0: ptr, maxImpulse: number): void;
FixedConstraint_new(ptr0: ptr, ptr1: ptr, ptr2: ptr, ptr3: ptr): ptr;
FixedConstraint_setFrames(ptr0: ptr, ptr1: ptr, ptr2: ptr): void;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_new(ptr0: ptr, ptr1: ptr, ptr2: ptr, ptr3: ptr, rotateOrder: number): ptr;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_setFrames(ptr0: ptr, ptr1: ptr, ptr2: ptr): void;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_setLimit(ptr0: ptr, index: number, lo: number, hi: number): void;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_enableSpring(ptr0: ptr, index: number, onOff: boolean): void;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_setStiffness(ptr0: ptr, index: number, stiffness: number): void;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_setDamping(ptr0: ptr, index: number, damping: number): void;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_setBounce(ptr0: ptr, index: number, bounce: number): void;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_setEquilibriumPoint(ptr0: ptr, index: number, val: number): void;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_enableMotor(ptr0: ptr, index: number, onOff: boolean): void;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_setMaxMotorForce(ptr0: ptr, index: number, force: number): void;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_setTargetVelocity(ptr0: ptr, index: number, velocity: number): void;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_setServo(ptr0: ptr, index: number, onOff: boolean): number;
Generic6DofSpring2Constraint_setServoTarget(ptr0: ptr, index: number, target: number): number;
// shapes
// CollisionShape_getUserIndex(p: ptr): number;
// CollisionShape_setUserIndex(p: ptr, i: number): void;
CollisionShape_isCompound(p: ptr): boolean;
CollisionShape_setLocalScaling(p: ptr, scale: ptr): void;
CollisionShape_calculateLocalInertia(p: ptr, mass: number, localInertia: ptr): void;
CollisionShape_getAabb(p: ptr, t: ptr, min: ptr, max: ptr): void;
CollisionShape_getLocalBoundingSphere(p: ptr): number;
CollisionShape_setMargin(p: ptr, margin: number): void;
CollisionShape_setMaterial(p: ptr, mat: ptr): void;
CollisionShape_setUserPointer(p: ptr, p0: ptr): void;
EmptyShape_static(): ptr;
ConvexInternalShape_getImplicitShapeDimensions(p: ptr): ptr;
BoxShape_new(p: ptr): ptr;
BoxShape_setUnscaledHalfExtents(p: ptr, halfExtents: ptr): void;
SphereShape_new(radius: number): ptr;
SphereShape_setUnscaledRadius(p: ptr, radius: number): void;
CylinderShape_new(halfExtents: ptr): ptr;
CylinderShape_updateProp(p: ptr, r: number, g: number, d: number): void;
CapsuleShape_new(radius: number, height: number): ptr;
CapsuleShape_updateProp(p: ptr, r: number, g: number, d: number): void;
ConeShape_new(radius: number, height: number): ptr;
ConeShape_setRadius(p: ptr, v: number): void;
ConeShape_setHeight(p: ptr, v: number): void;
ConeShape_setConeUpIndex(p: ptr, v: number): void;
StaticPlaneShape_new(normal: ptr, constant: number): ptr;
StaticPlaneShape_getPlaneNormal(p: ptr): ptr;
StaticPlaneShape_setPlaneConstant(p: ptr, constant: number): void;
TerrainShape_new(i: number, j: number, p: ptr, hs: number, min: number, max: number): ptr;
TriangleMesh_new(): ptr;
TriangleMesh_addTriangle(p: ptr, v0: ptr, v1: ptr, v2: ptr): void;
BvhTriangleMeshShape_new(p: ptr, c: boolean, bvh: boolean): ptr;
BvhTriangleMeshShape_getOptimizedBvh(p: ptr): ptr;
BvhTriangleMeshShape_setOptimizedBvh(p: ptr, p1: ptr, scaleX: number, scaleY: number, scaleZ: number);
ScaledBvhTriangleMeshShape_new(p: ptr, scaleX: number, scaleY: number, scaleZ: number): ptr;
ConvexTriangleMeshShape_new(p: ptr): ptr;
SimplexShape_new(): ptr;
SimplexShape_addVertex(p: ptr, pt: ptr): void;
ccCompoundShape_new(): ptr;
CompoundShape_getNumChildShapes(p: ptr): number;
CompoundShape_getChildShape(p: ptr, i: number): ptr;
CompoundShape_addChildShape(p: ptr, local: ptr, shape: ptr): void;
CompoundShape_removeChildShape(p: ptr, shape: ptr): void;
CompoundShape_updateChildTransform(p: ptr, i: number, trans: ptr, shouldRecalculateLocalAabb: boolean): void;
CompoundShape_setMaterial(p: ptr, i: number, f: number, r: number, rf: number, sf: number): void;
// collision
CollisionObject_new(): number;
CollisionObject_getCollisionShape(p: ptr): ptr;
CollisionObject_setContactProcessingThreshold(p: ptr, contactProcessingThreshold: number): void;
CollisionObject_getActivationState(p: ptr): number;
CollisionObject_setActivationState(p: ptr, newState: number): void;
CollisionObject_forceActivationState(p: ptr, newState: number): void;
CollisionObject_activate(p: ptr, forceActivation?: boolean): void;
CollisionObject_isActive(p: ptr): boolean;
CollisionObject_isKinematicObject(p: ptr): boolean;
CollisionObject_isStaticObject(p: ptr): boolean;
CollisionObject_isStaticOrKinematicObject(p: ptr): boolean;
CollisionObject_getWorldTransform(p: ptr): ptr;
CollisionObject_getCollisionFlags(p: ptr): number;
CollisionObject_setCollisionFlags(p: ptr, flags: number): void;
CollisionObject_setWorldTransform(p: ptr, transform: ptr): void;
CollisionObject_setCollisionShape(p: ptr, shape: ptr): void;
CollisionObject_setCcdMotionThreshold(p: ptr, ccdMotionThreshold: number): void;
CollisionObject_setCcdSweptSphereRadius(p: ptr, radius: number): void;
CollisionObject_getUserIndex(p: ptr): number;
CollisionObject_setUserIndex(p: ptr, index: number): void;
CollisionObject_getUserPointer(p: ptr): number;
CollisionObject_setUserPointer(p: ptr, userPointer: number): void;
CollisionObject_setMaterial(p: ptr, f: number, r: number, rf: number, sf: number): void;
CollisionObject_setIgnoreCollisionCheck(p: ptr, p0: ptr, v: boolean): void;
RigidBody_new(m: number, ms: number): ptr;
RigidBody_getFlags(p: ptr): number;
RigidBody_setFlags(p: ptr, flags: number): void;
RigidBody_setGravity(p: ptr, g: ptr): number;
RigidBody_setDamping(p: ptr, lin: number, ang: number): void;
RigidBody_setMass(p: ptr, m: number);
RigidBody_setMassProps(p: ptr, m: number, localInertia: ptr): void;
RigidBody_setLinearFactor(p: ptr, f: ptr): number;
RigidBody_setAngularFactor(p: ptr, f: ptr): number;
RigidBody_getLinearVelocity(p: ptr): ptr;
RigidBody_getAngularVelocity(p: ptr): ptr;
RigidBody_setLinearVelocity(p: ptr, v: ptr): void;
RigidBody_setAngularVelocity(p: ptr, v: ptr): void;
RigidBody_clearState(p: ptr): void;
RigidBody_clearForces(p: ptr): void;
RigidBody_wantsSleeping(p: ptr): boolean;
RigidBody_setSleepingThresholds(p: ptr, linear: number, angular: number): void;
RigidBody_getLinearSleepingThreshold(p: ptr): number;
RigidBody_getMotionState(p: ptr): ptr;
RigidBody_applyTorque(p: ptr, f: ptr): void;
RigidBody_applyForce(p: ptr, f: ptr, rp: ptr): void;
RigidBody_applyImpulse(p: ptr, f: ptr, rp: ptr): void;
// dynamic
DefaultCollisionConfiguration_static(): ptr;
CollisionDispatcher_new(): ptr;
Dispatcher_getNumManifolds(p: ptr): number;
Dispatcher_getManifoldByIndexInternal(p: ptr, i: number): ptr;
ManifoldPoint_getShape0(p: ptr): ptr;
ManifoldPoint_getShape1(p: ptr): ptr;
ManifoldPoint_get_m_index0(p: ptr): number;
ManifoldPoint_get_m_index1(p: ptr): number;
PersistentManifold_getBody0(p: ptr): ptr;
PersistentManifold_getBody1(p: ptr): ptr;
PersistentManifold_getNumContacts(p: ptr): number;
PersistentManifold_getContactPoint(p: ptr, i: number): ptr;
ManifoldPoint_get_m_localPointA(p: ptr): ptr;
ManifoldPoint_get_m_localPointB(p: ptr): ptr;
ManifoldPoint_get_m_positionWorldOnA(p: ptr): ptr;
ManifoldPoint_get_m_positionWorldOnB(p: ptr): ptr;
ManifoldPoint_get_m_normalWorldOnB(p: ptr): ptr;
ManifoldPoint_get_m_positionWorldOnB(p: ptr): ptr;
DbvtBroadphase_new(): ptr;
SequentialImpulseConstraintSolver_new(): ptr;
CollisionWorld_addCollisionObject(p: ptr, body: ptr, g: number, m: number): void;
CollisionWorld_removeCollisionObject(p: ptr, body: ptr): void;
CollisionWorld_rayTest(p: ptr, p0: ptr, p1: ptr, p2: ptr): void;
CollisionWorld_convexSweepTest(p: ptr, castShape: ptr, from: ptr, to: ptr, resultCallback: ptr, allowedCcdPenetration: ptr): void;
ccDiscreteDynamicsWorld_new(dispatcher: ptr, pairCache: ptr, solver: ptr): ptr;
ccDiscreteDynamicsWorld_setAllowSleep(p: ptr, v: boolean): void;
DynamicsWorld_setGravity(p: ptr, g: ptr): void;
DynamicsWorld_stepSimulation(p: ptr, timeStep: number, maxSubSteps: number, fixedTimeStep: number): ptr;
DynamicsWorld_addRigidBody(p: ptr, body: ptr, g: number, m: number): void;
DynamicsWorld_removeRigidBody(p: ptr, body: ptr): void;
DynamicsWorld_addConstraint(p: ptr, p2: ptr, v: boolean): void;
DynamicsWorld_removeConstraint(p: ptr, p2: ptr): void;
DynamicsWorld_addAction(p: ptr, action: ptr): void;
DynamicsWorld_removeAction(p: ptr, action: ptr): void;
RayCallback_hasHit(p: ptr): boolean;
ConvexCallback_hasHit(p: ptr): boolean;
ccAllRayCallback_static(): ptr;
ccAllRayCallback_setFlags(p: ptr, flag: number): void;
ccAllRayCallback_reset(p: ptr, p0: ptr, p1: ptr, m: number, q: boolean): void;
ccAllRayCallback_getHitPointWorld(p: ptr): ptr;
ccAllRayCallback_getHitNormalWorld(p: ptr): ptr;
ccAllRayCallback_getCollisionShapePtrs(p: ptr): ptr;
ccClosestRayCallback_static(): ptr;
ccClosestRayCallback_setFlags(p: ptr, flag: number): void;
ccClosestRayCallback_reset(p: ptr, p0: ptr, p1: ptr, m: number, q: boolean): void;
ccClosestRayCallback_getHitPointWorld(p: ptr): ptr;
ccClosestRayCallback_getHitNormalWorld(p: ptr): ptr;
ccClosestRayCallback_getCollisionShapePtr(p: ptr): ptr;
ccAllConvexCallback_static(): ptr;
ccAllConvexCallback_reset(p: ptr, p0: ptr, p1: ptr, m: number, q: boolean): void;
ccAllConvexCallback_getHitPointWorld(p: ptr): ptr;
ccAllConvexCallback_getHitNormalWorld(p: ptr): ptr;
ccAllConvexCallback_getCollisionShapePtrs(p: ptr): ptr;
ccClosestConvexCallback_static(): ptr;
ccClosestConvexCallback_reset(p: ptr, p0: ptr, p1: ptr, m: number, q: boolean): void;
ccClosestConvexCallback_getHitPointWorld(p: ptr): ptr;
ccClosestConvexCallback_getHitNormalWorld(p: ptr): ptr;
ccClosestConvexCallback_getCollisionShapePtr(p: ptr): ptr;
ccMaterial_new(): ptr;
ccMaterial_set(p: ptr, r: number, f: number, rf: number, sf: number): void;
// CharacterController
ControllerHitReport_new(): ptr;
CharacterController_getGhostObject(ptrCCT: ptr): ptr;
ControllerHit_getCurrentController(p: ptr): ptr;
ControllerHit_getHitWorldPos(p: ptr): ptr;
ControllerHit_getHitWorldNormal(p: ptr): ptr;
ControllerHit_getHitMotionDir(p: ptr): ptr; //CCT hit Motion direction
ControllerHit_getHitMotionLength(p: ptr): number; //CCT hit Motion length
ControllerShapeHit_getHitShape(p: ptr): ptr;
ControllerShapeHit_getHitCollisionObject(p: ptr): ptr;
CharacterController_move(ptrCCT: ptr, ptrMovement: ptr, minDist: number, deltaTime: number):number;
CharacterController_getPosition(ptrCCT: ptr);
CharacterController_setContactOffset(ptrCCT: ptr, v: number);
CharacterController_setStepOffset(ptrCCT: ptr, v: number);
CharacterController_setSlopeLimit(ptrCCT: ptr, v: number);
CharacterController_setCollision(ptrCCT: ptr, collision: boolean);
CharacterController_setOverlapRecovery(ptrCCT: ptr, value: boolean);
CapsuleCharacterControllerDesc_new(maxSlopeRadians: number, stepHeight: number, contactOffset: number,
ptrUpAxis: ptr, ptrInitPos: ptr, ptruUserControllerHitReport: ptr, radius: number, height: number): ptr;
CapsuleCharacterController_new(collisionWorld: ptr, ptrBtCapsuleCharacterControllerDesc: ptr, userObjectPointer: ptr): ptr;
CapsuleCharacterController_setRadius(ptrCCT: ptr, radius: number): void;
CapsuleCharacterController_setHeight(ptrCCT: ptr, height: number): void;
BoxCharacterControllerDesc_new(maxSlopeRadians: number, stepHeight: number, contactOffset: number,
ptrUpAxis: ptr, ptrInitPos: ptr, ptruUserControllerHitReport: ptr, halfHeight: number, halfSideExtent: number, halfForwardExtent: number): ptr;
BoxCharacterController_new(collisionWorld: ptr, ptrBtBoxCharacterControllerDesc: ptr, userObjectPointer: ptr): ptr;
BoxCharacterController_setHalfHeight(ptrCCT: ptr, v: number): void;
BoxCharacterController_setHalfSideExtent(ptrCCT: ptr, v: number): void;
BoxCharacterController_setHalfForwardExtent(ptrCCT: ptr, v: number): void;
}
}

BIN
emscripten/bullet/bullet.wasm Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

7
emscripten/external-wasm.d.ts vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
declare module 'external:emscripten/*.wasm' {
/**
* This is a url relative from build output chunk.
*/
const wasmPath: string;
export default wasmPath;
}

1739
emscripten/physx/phy.d.ts vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

103
emscripten/physx/physx.d.ts vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/// <reference path="./phy.d.ts" />
declare module 'external:emscripten/physx/physx.release.asm.js' {
export default PhysX;
}
declare module 'external:emscripten/physx/physx.release.wasm.js' {
export default PhysX;
}
// tslint:disable
declare function PhysX (moduleOptions?: any): Promise<void>;
declare namespace PhysX {
type Constructor<T = {}> = new (...args: any[]) => T;
type VoidPtr = number;
const NULL: {};
const HEAPF32: Float32Array;
function destroy (obj: PhysX.Type): void;
function castObject<T1, T2 extends PhysX.Type> (obj: T1, fun: Constructor<T2>): T2;
function wrapPointer<T extends PhysX.Type> (params: number, obj: Constructor<T>): T;
function addFunction (params: Function): number;
function getClass (obj: PhysX.Type): void;
function getPointer (obj: PhysX.Type): void;
function getCache (fun: Constructor<PhysX.Type>): void;
function _malloc (byte: number): number;
function _free (...args: any): any;
function compare (obj1: PhysX.Type, obj2: PhysX.Type): boolean;
class GeometryType {
Enum: {
eSPHERE: number,
ePLANE: number,
eCAPSULE: number,
eBOX: number,
eCONVEXMESH: number,
eTRIANGLEMESH: number,
eHEIGHTFIELD: number,
eGEOMETRY_COUNT: number, //!< internal use only!
eINVALID: number //= -1 //!< internal use only!
}
}
const PX_PHYSICS_VERSION: number
interface AllocatorCallback { }
class DefaultErrorCallback implements AllocatorCallback { }
interface ErrorCallback { }
class DefaultAllocator implements ErrorCallback { }
class Foundation { }
function createFoundation (a: number, b: AllocatorCallback, c: ErrorCallback): Foundation
class Transform {
constructor (p: number[], q: number[]);
setPosition (t: number[]): void;
getPosition (): number[];
setQuaternion (t: number[]): void;
getQuaternion (): number[];
}
class Base { }
class Geometry { getType (): number }
class BoxGeometry extends Geometry { constructor (x: number, y: number, z: number); }
class SphereGeometry extends Geometry { constructor (r: number); }
class Material extends Base { }
class Shape extends Base { }
class Actor extends Base {
getGlobalPose (): Transform;
}
class RigidActor extends Actor {
attachShape (shape: Shape): void;
detachShape (shape: Shape, wakeOnLostTouch?: boolean | true): void;
}
class RigidBody extends RigidActor { }
class RigidStatic extends RigidBody { }
class RigidDynamic extends RigidBody { }
class SceneDesc { }
class Scene {
simulate (timeStep: number): void;
fetchResults (b: boolean): void;
getActiveActors (len: number): Actor[];
}
class Physics {
createSceneDesc (): SceneDesc;
createScene (a: SceneDesc): Scene;
createRigidDynamic (a: Transform): RigidDynamic;
createRigidStatic (a: Transform): RigidStatic;
createMaterial (staticFriction: number, dynamicFriction: number, restitution: number): Material;
//shapeFlags = PxShapeFlag:: eVISUALIZATION | PxShapeFlag:: eSCENE_QUERY_SHAPE | PxShapeFlag:: eSIMULATION_SHAPE
createShape (geometry: Geometry, material: Material, isExclusive: boolean | false, shapeFlags: number): Shape;
}
class TolerancesScale { length: number | 1.0; speed: number | 10.0 }
class Pvd { }
function createPhysics (a?: number, b?: Foundation, c?: TolerancesScale, trackOutstandingAllocations?: boolean, e?: Pvd): Physics;
type Type = {}
}

1196868
emscripten/physx/physx.debug.asm.js Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

5107
emscripten/physx/physx.debug.wasm.js Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

BIN
emscripten/physx/physx.debug.wasm.wasm Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

148
emscripten/physx/physx.release.asm.js Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

22
emscripten/physx/physx.release.wasm.js Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

BIN
emscripten/physx/physx.release.wasm.wasm Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

75131
emscripten/spine/spine.asm.js Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

46
emscripten/spine/spine.d.ts vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
declare module 'external:emscripten/spine/spine.asm.js' {
export default SpineWasm;
}
declare function SpineWasm (moduleOptions?: any): Promise<void>;
declare namespace SpineWasm {
type ptr = number;
interface instance {
spineWasmInstanceInit(): number;
spineWasmInstanceDestroy(): number;
queryStoreMemory(): ptr;
createSkeletonObject (): ptr;
setSkeletonData(objPtr: ptr, datPtr: ptr);
setAnimation(objPtr: ptr, length: number, trackIndex: number, loop: boolean): boolean;
clearTrack(objPtr: ptr, trackIndex: number): void;
clearTracks(objPtr: ptr): void;
setToSetupPose(objPtr: ptr): void;
setSlotsToSetupPose(objPtr: ptr): void;
setBonesToSetupPose(objPtr: ptr): void;
setTimeScale(objPtr: ptr, timeScale: number): number;
setSkin(objPtr: ptr, length: number): number;
updateAnimation(objPtr: ptr, dltTime: number): number;
setMix(objPtr: ptr, start: number, fromLength: number, toLength: number, duration: number);
setAttachment(objPtr: ptr, start: number, length1: number, length2: number);
updateRenderData(objPtr: ptr): number;
getDrawOrderSize(objPtr: ptr): number;
getSlotNameByOrder(objPtr: ptr, index: number): number;
getBoneMatrix(objPtr: ptr, index: number): number;
queryMemory(size: number): number;
freeMemory(data: ptr);
setDefaultScale(objPtr: ptr, scale: number): boolean;
setVertexEffect(objPtr: ptr, effect: number, effectType: number);
setPremultipliedAlpha(objPtr: ptr, premultipliedAlpha: boolean);
setColor(objPtr: ptr, r: number, g: number, b: number, a: number);
destroyInstance(objPtr: ptr);
retainSkeletonDataByUUID(length: number): number;
initSkeletonData(length: number, isJosn: boolean): number;
recordSkeletonDataUUID(length: number, datPtr: number);
createJitterVertexEffect(x: number, y: number): number;
updateJitterParameters(handle: number, x: number, y: number);
createSwirlVertexEffect(radius: number, power: number, usePowerOut: boolean): number;
updateSwirlParameters(handle: number, centerX: number, centerY: number, radius: number, angle: number);
memory: any;
}
}

BIN
emscripten/spine/spine.wasm Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

9
emscripten/webgpu/webgpu.d.ts vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
declare module 'external:emscripten/webgpu/webgpu_wasm.js' {
function factory (gfx: any): Promise<any>;
export default factory;
}
declare module 'external:emscripten/webgpu/glslang.js' {
function factory (wasmUrl: string): Promise<any>;
export default factory;
}

BIN
linux/bin/swig/bin/swig
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
mac/bin/swig/bin/swig
View File

Binary file not shown.

29
ohos/CMakeLists.txt
View File

@ -143,8 +143,19 @@ add_library(glslang-default-resource-limits STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(glslang-default-resource-limits PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a
)
set(glslang_libs_name glslang OGLCompiler OSDependent SPIRV glslang-default-resource-limits)
set(glslang_libs_name glslang OGLCompiler OSDependent SPIRV glslang-default-resource-limits MachineIndependent GenericCodeGen)
if(USE_PHYSICS_PHYSX)
set(PhysXSDK PhysXCooking PhysXCharacterKinematic PhysXVehicle PhysXExtensions PhysX PhysXPvdSDK PhysXCommon PhysXFoundation)
foreach(PX IN LISTS PhysXSDK)
add_library(${PX} STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(${PX} PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/PhysX/lib${PX}_static.a
)
endforeach()
else()
set(PhysXSDK)
endif()
############################# TBB #############################
if(USE_JOB_SYSTEM_TBB)
@ -175,12 +186,16 @@ endif()
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
jpeg
png
webp
sqlite3
${se_libs_name}
webp
${PhysXSDK}
${glslang_libs_name}
OpenALSoft
mpg123
)
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
${se_libs_name}
OpenALSoft
mpg123
)
set(ZLIB z)
@ -188,7 +203,6 @@ if(NOT USE_MODULES)
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS ${ZLIB})
endif()
if(USE_V8_DEBUGGER OR USE_WEBSOCKET_SERVER)
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
uv
@ -198,6 +212,9 @@ endif()
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_INCLUDES
${platform_spec_path}/include
${platform_spec_path}/include/v8
${platform_spec_path}/include/sqlite
${platform_spec_path}/include/png16
${platform_spec_path}/include/uv
)
#TODO: remove in future version

228
openharmony/CMakeLists.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
set(ohos_lib_dir ${platform_spec_path}/lib)
add_library(mbedcrypto STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(mbedcrypto PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libmbedcrypto.a
)
add_library(mbedx509 STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(mbedx509 PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libmbedx509.a
)
add_library(mbedtls STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(mbedtls PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libmbedtls.a
)
if (USE_DEBUG_RENDERER)
add_library(freetype STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(freetype PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libfreetype.a
INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES ${platform_spec_path}/include/freetype
)
endif()
add_library(jpeg STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(jpeg PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libjpeg.a
)
add_library(png STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(png PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libpng16.a
)
add_library(uv STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(uv PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libuv_a.a
)
add_library(webp STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(webp PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libwebp.a
)
add_library(websockets STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(websockets PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libwebsockets.a
INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES ${platform_spec_path}/include/websockets
)
add_library(sqlite3 STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(sqlite3 PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libsqlite3.a
)
add_library(z STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(z PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libz.a
)
add_library(OpenALSoft SHARED IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(OpenALSoft PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libopenal.a
)
add_library(mpg123 SHARED IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(mpg123 PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libmpg123.a
)
add_library(curl STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(curl PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libcurl.a
)
set(se_libs_name)
if(USE_SE_V8)
add_library(v8_monolith STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(v8_monolith PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libv8_monolith.a
)
set(OHOS_ARM64_MACROS
V8_TYPED_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE_IN_HEAP=64
ENABLE_MINOR_MC
V8_INTL_SUPPORT
V8_CONCURRENT_MARKING
V8_ENABLE_LAZY_SOURCE_POSITIONS
V8_EMBEDDED_BUILTINS
V8_WIN64_UNWINDING_INFO
V8_ENABLE_REGEXP_INTERPRETER_THREADED_DISPATCH
V8_SNAPSHOT_COMPRESSION
V8_31BIT_SMIS_ON_64BIT_ARCH
V8_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS
V8_IMMINENT_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS
V8_TARGET_ARCH_ARM64
V8_HAVE_TARGET_OS
V8_TARGET_OS_LINUX
DISABLE_UNTRUSTED_CODE_MITIGATIONS
V8_COMPRESS_POINTERS
U_USING_ICU_NAMESPACE=0
U_ENABLE_DYLOAD=0
USE_CHROMIUM_ICU=1
U_STATIC_IMPLEMENTATION
)
if(OHOS_ARCH STREQUAL "arm64-v8a")
set_property(TARGET v8_monolith
APPEND PROPERTY INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS ${OHOS_ARM64_MACROS}
)
endif()
add_library(v8_inspector STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(v8_inspector PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libinspector.a
INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES ${platform_spec_path}/include/v8
)
set(se_libs_name v8_monolith v8_inspector)
endif()
if(USE_SOCKET)
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
websockets
mbedtls
mbedcrypto
mbedx509
)
endif()
if(USE_SE_V8 AND USE_V8_DEBUGGER)
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
v8_inspector
)
endif()
add_library(glslang STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(glslang PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libglslang.a
)
add_library(OGLCompiler STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(OGLCompiler PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libOGLCompiler.a
)
add_library(OSDependent STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(OSDependent PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libOSDependent.a
)
add_library(SPIRV STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(SPIRV PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libSPIRV.a
)
add_library(glslang-default-resource-limits STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(glslang-default-resource-limits PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libglslang-default-resource-limits.a
)
set(glslang_libs_name glslang OGLCompiler OSDependent SPIRV glslang-default-resource-limits MachineIndependent GenericCodeGen)
if(USE_PHYSICS_PHYSX)
set(PhysXSDK PhysXCooking PhysXCharacterKinematic PhysXVehicle PhysXExtensions PhysX PhysXPvdSDK PhysXCommon PhysXFoundation)
foreach(PX IN LISTS PhysXSDK)
add_library(${PX} STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(${PX} PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/PhysX/lib${PX}_static.a
)
endforeach()
else()
set(PhysXSDK)
endif()
add_library(MachineIndependent STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(MachineIndependent PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libMachineIndependent.a
)
add_library(GenericCodeGen STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(GenericCodeGen PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libGenericCodeGen.a
)
list(APPEND glslang_libs_name MachineIndependent GenericCodeGen)
############################# TBB #############################
if(USE_JOB_SYSTEM_TBB)
add_library(tbb STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(tbb PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libtbb_static.a
)
add_library(tbbmalloc STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(tbbmalloc PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libtbbmalloc_static.a
)
add_library(tbbmalloc_proxy STATIC IMPORTED GLOBAL)
set_target_properties(tbbmalloc_proxy PROPERTIES
IMPORTED_LOCATION ${ohos_lib_dir}/libtbbmalloc_proxy_static.a
)
set(tbb_libs_name tbbmalloc_proxy tbbmalloc tbb)
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
${tbb_libs_name}
)
endif()
if (USE_DEBUG_RENDERER)
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
freetype
)
endif()
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_LIBS
jpeg
png
sqlite3
webp
curl
${PhysXSDK}
${glslang_libs_name}
)
list(APPEND CC_EXTERNAL_INCLUDES
${platform_spec_path}/include
${platform_spec_path}/include/sqlite
${platform_spec_path}/include/png16
${platform_spec_path}/include/uv
${platform_spec_path}/include/mbedtls_wrapper
)
#TODO: remove in future version
link_directories(${platform_spec_path}/ext/usr/lib)
include_directories(${platform_spec_path}/ext/usr/include)

477
openharmony/arm64-v8a/ext/usr/include/EGL/egl.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
#ifndef __egl_h_
#define __egl_h_ 1
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
** Copyright (c) 2013-2017 The Khronos Group Inc.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the
** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including
** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to
** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to
** the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
**
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS.
*/
/*
** This header is generated from the Khronos EGL XML API Registry.
** The current version of the Registry, generator scripts
** used to make the header, and the header can be found at
** http://www.khronos.org/registry/egl
**
** Khronos $Git commit SHA1: ad06e1c38e $ on $Git commit date: 2020-04-09
*18:40:05 +0200 $
*/
#include <EGL/eglplatform.h>
#ifndef EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
#define EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES 1
#endif
/* Generated on date 20200505 */
/* Generated C header for:
* API: egl
* Versions considered: .*
* Versions emitted: .*
* Default extensions included: None
* Additional extensions included: _nomatch_^
* Extensions removed: _nomatch_^
*/
#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_0
#define EGL_VERSION_1_0 1
typedef unsigned int EGLBoolean;
typedef void *EGLDisplay;
#include <EGL/eglplatform.h>
#include <KHR/khrplatform.h>
typedef void *EGLConfig;
typedef void *EGLSurface;
typedef void *EGLContext;
typedef void (*__eglMustCastToProperFunctionPointerType)(void);
#define EGL_ALPHA_SIZE 0x3021
#define EGL_BAD_ACCESS 0x3002
#define EGL_BAD_ALLOC 0x3003
#define EGL_BAD_ATTRIBUTE 0x3004
#define EGL_BAD_CONFIG 0x3005
#define EGL_BAD_CONTEXT 0x3006
#define EGL_BAD_CURRENT_SURFACE 0x3007
#define EGL_BAD_DISPLAY 0x3008
#define EGL_BAD_MATCH 0x3009
#define EGL_BAD_NATIVE_PIXMAP 0x300A
#define EGL_BAD_NATIVE_WINDOW 0x300B
#define EGL_BAD_PARAMETER 0x300C
#define EGL_BAD_SURFACE 0x300D
#define EGL_BLUE_SIZE 0x3022
#define EGL_BUFFER_SIZE 0x3020
#define EGL_CONFIG_CAVEAT 0x3027
#define EGL_CONFIG_ID 0x3028
#define EGL_CORE_NATIVE_ENGINE 0x305B
#define EGL_DEPTH_SIZE 0x3025
#define EGL_DONT_CARE EGL_CAST(EGLint, -1)
#define EGL_DRAW 0x3059
#define EGL_EXTENSIONS 0x3055
#define EGL_FALSE 0
#define EGL_GREEN_SIZE 0x3023
#define EGL_HEIGHT 0x3056
#define EGL_LARGEST_PBUFFER 0x3058
#define EGL_LEVEL 0x3029
#define EGL_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT 0x302A
#define EGL_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS 0x302B
#define EGL_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH 0x302C
#define EGL_NATIVE_RENDERABLE 0x302D
#define EGL_NATIVE_VISUAL_ID 0x302E
#define EGL_NATIVE_VISUAL_TYPE 0x302F
#define EGL_NONE 0x3038
#define EGL_NON_CONFORMANT_CONFIG 0x3051
#define EGL_NOT_INITIALIZED 0x3001
#define EGL_NO_CONTEXT EGL_CAST(EGLContext, 0)
#define EGL_NO_DISPLAY EGL_CAST(EGLDisplay, 0)
#define EGL_NO_SURFACE EGL_CAST(EGLSurface, 0)
#define EGL_PBUFFER_BIT 0x0001
#define EGL_PIXMAP_BIT 0x0002
#define EGL_READ 0x305A
#define EGL_RED_SIZE 0x3024
#define EGL_SAMPLES 0x3031
#define EGL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS 0x3032
#define EGL_SLOW_CONFIG 0x3050
#define EGL_STENCIL_SIZE 0x3026
#define EGL_SUCCESS 0x3000
#define EGL_SURFACE_TYPE 0x3033
#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE 0x3035
#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE 0x3036
#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE 0x3037
#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_RGB 0x3052
#define EGL_TRANSPARENT_TYPE 0x3034
#define EGL_TRUE 1
#define EGL_VENDOR 0x3053
#define EGL_VERSION 0x3054
#define EGL_WIDTH 0x3057
#define EGL_WINDOW_BIT 0x0004
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCHOOSECONFIGPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, const EGLint *attrib_list, EGLConfig *configs,
EGLint config_size, EGLint *num_config);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCOPYBUFFERSPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface, EGLNativePixmapType target);
typedef EGLContext(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATECONTEXTPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLContext share_context,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPBUFFERSURFACEPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, const EGLint *attrib_list);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPIXMAPSURFACEPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLNativePixmapType pixmap,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEWINDOWSURFACEPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, EGLNativeWindowType win,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYCONTEXTPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLContext ctx);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSURFACEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCONFIGATTRIBPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLConfig config,
EGLint attribute,
EGLint *value);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCONFIGSPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLConfig *configs,
EGLint config_size,
EGLint *num_config);
typedef EGLDisplay(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCURRENTDISPLAYPROC)(void);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCURRENTSURFACEPROC)(EGLint readdraw);
typedef EGLDisplay(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETDISPLAYPROC)(
EGLNativeDisplayType display_id);
typedef EGLint(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETERRORPROC)(void);
typedef __eglMustCastToProperFunctionPointerType(
EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETPROCADDRESSPROC)(const char *procname);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLINITIALIZEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLint *major,
EGLint *minor);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLMAKECURRENTPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface draw,
EGLSurface read,
EGLContext ctx);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYCONTEXTPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLContext ctx,
EGLint attribute,
EGLint *value);
typedef const char *(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSTRINGPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLint name);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYSURFACEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint attribute,
EGLint *value);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPBUFFERSPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLTERMINATEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITGLPROC)(void);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITNATIVEPROC)(EGLint engine);
#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglChooseConfig(EGLDisplay dpy,
const EGLint *attrib_list,
EGLConfig *configs,
EGLint config_size,
EGLint *num_config);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglCopyBuffers(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface surface,
EGLNativePixmapType target);
EGLAPI EGLContext EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateContext(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config,
EGLContext share_context,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePbufferSurface(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, const EGLint *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePixmapSurface(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLConfig config,
EGLNativePixmapType pixmap,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateWindowSurface(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLConfig config,
EGLNativeWindowType win,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY
HeglCreateWindowSurface(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config,
EGLNativeWindowType win, const EGLint *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroyContext(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroySurface(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetConfigAttrib(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLConfig config,
EGLint attribute,
EGLint *value);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetConfigs(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig *configs,
EGLint config_size,
EGLint *num_config);
EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCurrentDisplay(void);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCurrentSurface(EGLint readdraw);
EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetDisplay(EGLNativeDisplayType display_id);
EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglGetError(void);
EGLAPI __eglMustCastToProperFunctionPointerType EGLAPIENTRY
eglGetProcAddress(const char *procname);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglInitialize(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint *major,
EGLint *minor);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglMakeCurrent(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSurface draw,
EGLSurface read, EGLContext ctx);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryContext(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx,
EGLint attribute, EGLint *value);
EGLAPI const char *EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryString(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint name);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglQuerySurface(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint attribute, EGLint *value);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapBuffers(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglTerminate(EGLDisplay dpy);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitGL(void);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitNative(EGLint engine);
#endif
#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_0 */
#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_1
#define EGL_VERSION_1_1 1
#define EGL_BACK_BUFFER 0x3084
#define EGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGB 0x3039
#define EGL_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGBA 0x303A
#define EGL_CONTEXT_LOST 0x300E
#define EGL_MIN_SWAP_INTERVAL 0x303B
#define EGL_MAX_SWAP_INTERVAL 0x303C
#define EGL_MIPMAP_TEXTURE 0x3082
#define EGL_MIPMAP_LEVEL 0x3083
#define EGL_NO_TEXTURE 0x305C
#define EGL_TEXTURE_2D 0x305F
#define EGL_TEXTURE_FORMAT 0x3080
#define EGL_TEXTURE_RGB 0x305D
#define EGL_TEXTURE_RGBA 0x305E
#define EGL_TEXTURE_TARGET 0x3081
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLBINDTEXIMAGEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint buffer);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLRELEASETEXIMAGEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint buffer);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSURFACEATTRIBPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint attribute,
EGLint value);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLSWAPINTERVALPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLint interval);
#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglBindTexImage(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint buffer);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglReleaseTexImage(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint buffer);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSurfaceAttrib(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSurface surface,
EGLint attribute, EGLint value);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglSwapInterval(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLint interval);
#endif
#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_1 */
#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_2
#define EGL_VERSION_1_2 1
typedef unsigned int EGLenum;
typedef void *EGLClientBuffer;
#define EGL_ALPHA_FORMAT 0x3088
#define EGL_ALPHA_FORMAT_NONPRE 0x308B
#define EGL_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE 0x308C
#define EGL_ALPHA_MASK_SIZE 0x303E
#define EGL_BUFFER_PRESERVED 0x3094
#define EGL_BUFFER_DESTROYED 0x3095
#define EGL_CLIENT_APIS 0x308D
#define EGL_COLORSPACE 0x3087
#define EGL_COLORSPACE_sRGB 0x3089
#define EGL_COLORSPACE_LINEAR 0x308A
#define EGL_COLOR_BUFFER_TYPE 0x303F
#define EGL_CONTEXT_CLIENT_TYPE 0x3097
#define EGL_DISPLAY_SCALING 10000
#define EGL_HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION 0x3090
#define EGL_LUMINANCE_BUFFER 0x308F
#define EGL_LUMINANCE_SIZE 0x303D
#define EGL_OPENGL_ES_BIT 0x0001
#define EGL_OPENVG_BIT 0x0002
#define EGL_OPENGL_ES_API 0x30A0
#define EGL_OPENVG_API 0x30A1
#define EGL_OPENVG_IMAGE 0x3096
#define EGL_PIXEL_ASPECT_RATIO 0x3092
#define EGL_RENDERABLE_TYPE 0x3040
#define EGL_RENDER_BUFFER 0x3086
#define EGL_RGB_BUFFER 0x308E
#define EGL_SINGLE_BUFFER 0x3085
#define EGL_SWAP_BEHAVIOR 0x3093
#define EGL_UNKNOWN EGL_CAST(EGLint, -1)
#define EGL_VERTICAL_RESOLUTION 0x3091
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLBINDAPIPROC)(EGLenum api);
typedef EGLenum(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLQUERYAPIPROC)(void);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPBUFFERFROMCLIENTBUFFERPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum buftype, EGLClientBuffer buffer, EGLConfig config,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLRELEASETHREADPROC)(void);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITCLIENTPROC)(void);
#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglBindAPI(EGLenum api);
EGLAPI EGLenum EGLAPIENTRY eglQueryAPI(void);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePbufferFromClientBuffer(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum buftype, EGLClientBuffer buffer, EGLConfig config,
const EGLint *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglReleaseThread(void);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitClient(void);
#endif
#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_2 */
#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_3
#define EGL_VERSION_1_3 1
#define EGL_CONFORMANT 0x3042
#define EGL_CONTEXT_CLIENT_VERSION 0x3098
#define EGL_MATCH_NATIVE_PIXMAP 0x3041
#define EGL_OPENGL_ES2_BIT 0x0004
#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT 0x3088
#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_NONPRE 0x308B
#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE 0x308C
#define EGL_VG_ALPHA_FORMAT_PRE_BIT 0x0040
#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE 0x3087
#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_sRGB 0x3089
#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_LINEAR 0x308A
#define EGL_VG_COLORSPACE_LINEAR_BIT 0x0020
#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_3 */
#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_4
#define EGL_VERSION_1_4 1
#define EGL_DEFAULT_DISPLAY EGL_CAST(EGLNativeDisplayType, 0)
#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE_BOX_BIT 0x0200
#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE 0x3099
#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE_DEFAULT 0x309A
#define EGL_MULTISAMPLE_RESOLVE_BOX 0x309B
#define EGL_OPENGL_API 0x30A2
#define EGL_OPENGL_BIT 0x0008
#define EGL_SWAP_BEHAVIOR_PRESERVED_BIT 0x0400
typedef EGLContext(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETCURRENTCONTEXTPROC)(void);
#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
EGLAPI EGLContext EGLAPIENTRY eglGetCurrentContext(void);
#endif
#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_4 */
#ifndef EGL_VERSION_1_5
#define EGL_VERSION_1_5 1
typedef void *EGLSync;
typedef intptr_t EGLAttrib;
typedef khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t EGLTime;
typedef void *EGLImage;
#define EGL_CONTEXT_MAJOR_VERSION 0x3098
#define EGL_CONTEXT_MINOR_VERSION 0x30FB
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_PROFILE_MASK 0x30FD
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_RESET_NOTIFICATION_STRATEGY 0x31BD
#define EGL_NO_RESET_NOTIFICATION 0x31BE
#define EGL_LOSE_CONTEXT_ON_RESET 0x31BF
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_CORE_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000001
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000002
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_DEBUG 0x31B0
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_FORWARD_COMPATIBLE 0x31B1
#define EGL_CONTEXT_OPENGL_ROBUST_ACCESS 0x31B2
#define EGL_OPENGL_ES3_BIT 0x00000040
#define EGL_CL_EVENT_HANDLE 0x309C
#define EGL_SYNC_CL_EVENT 0x30FE
#define EGL_SYNC_CL_EVENT_COMPLETE 0x30FF
#define EGL_SYNC_PRIOR_COMMANDS_COMPLETE 0x30F0
#define EGL_SYNC_TYPE 0x30F7
#define EGL_SYNC_STATUS 0x30F1
#define EGL_SYNC_CONDITION 0x30F8
#define EGL_SIGNALED 0x30F2
#define EGL_UNSIGNALED 0x30F3
#define EGL_SYNC_FLUSH_COMMANDS_BIT 0x0001
#define EGL_FOREVER 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull
#define EGL_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 0x30F5
#define EGL_CONDITION_SATISFIED 0x30F6
#define EGL_NO_SYNC EGL_CAST(EGLSync, 0)
#define EGL_SYNC_FENCE 0x30F9
#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE 0x309D
#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_SRGB 0x3089
#define EGL_GL_COLORSPACE_LINEAR 0x308A
#define EGL_GL_RENDERBUFFER 0x30B9
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_2D 0x30B1
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_LEVEL 0x30BC
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_3D 0x30B2
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_ZOFFSET 0x30BD
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X 0x30B3
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X 0x30B4
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y 0x30B5
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y 0x30B6
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z 0x30B7
#define EGL_GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z 0x30B8
#define EGL_IMAGE_PRESERVED 0x30D2
#define EGL_NO_IMAGE EGL_CAST(EGLImage, 0)
typedef EGLSync(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATESYNCPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYSYNCPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSync sync);
typedef EGLint(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCLIENTWAITSYNCPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSync sync,
EGLint flags,
EGLTime timeout);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETSYNCATTRIBPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSync sync,
EGLint attribute,
EGLAttrib *value);
typedef EGLImage(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEIMAGEPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx, EGLenum target, EGLClientBuffer buffer,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLDESTROYIMAGEPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLImage image);
typedef EGLDisplay(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLGETPLATFORMDISPLAYPROC)(
EGLenum platform, void *native_display, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPLATFORMWINDOWSURFACEPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_window,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
typedef EGLSurface(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLCREATEPLATFORMPIXMAPSURFACEPROC)(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_pixmap,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
typedef EGLBoolean(EGLAPIENTRYP PFNEGLWAITSYNCPROC)(EGLDisplay dpy,
EGLSync sync, EGLint flags);
#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
EGLAPI EGLSync EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateSync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLenum type,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroySync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync);
EGLAPI EGLint EGLAPIENTRY eglClientWaitSync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync,
EGLint flags, EGLTime timeout);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglGetSyncAttrib(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync,
EGLint attribute,
EGLAttrib *value);
EGLAPI EGLImage EGLAPIENTRY eglCreateImage(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLContext ctx,
EGLenum target,
EGLClientBuffer buffer,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglDestroyImage(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLImage image);
EGLAPI EGLDisplay EGLAPIENTRY eglGetPlatformDisplay(
EGLenum platform, void *native_display, const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePlatformWindowSurface(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_window,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLSurface EGLAPIENTRY eglCreatePlatformPixmapSurface(
EGLDisplay dpy, EGLConfig config, void *native_pixmap,
const EGLAttrib *attrib_list);
EGLAPI EGLBoolean EGLAPIENTRY eglWaitSync(EGLDisplay dpy, EGLSync sync,
EGLint flags);
#endif
#endif /* EGL_VERSION_1_5 */
#if EGL_EGL_PROTOTYPES
#define __REDIR(x, y) __typeof__(x) x __asm__(#y)
__REDIR(eglCreateWindowSurface, HeglCreateWindowSurface);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

1427
openharmony/arm64-v8a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglext.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

185
openharmony/arm64-v8a/ext/usr/include/EGL/eglplatform.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
#ifndef __eglplatform_h_
#define __eglplatform_h_
/*
** Copyright (c) 2007-2016 The Khronos Group Inc.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the
** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including
** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to
** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to
** the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
**
** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS.
*/
/* Platform-specific types and definitions for egl.h
* $Revision: 30994 $ on $Date: 2015-04-30 13:36:48 -0700 (Thu, 30 Apr 2015) $
*
* Adopters may modify khrplatform.h and this file to suit their platform.
* You are encouraged to submit all modifications to the Khronos group so that
* they can be included in future versions of this file. Please submit changes
* by sending them to the public Khronos Bugzilla (http://khronos.org/bugzilla)
* by filing a bug against product "EGL" component "Registry".
*/
#include <KHR/khrplatform.h>
/* Macros used in EGL function prototype declarations.
*
* EGL functions should be prototyped as:
*
* EGLAPI return-type EGLAPIENTRY eglFunction(arguments);
* typedef return-type (EXPAPIENTRYP PFNEGLFUNCTIONPROC) (arguments);
*
* KHRONOS_APICALL and KHRONOS_APIENTRY are defined in KHR/khrplatform.h
*/
#ifndef __HarmonyOS__
#define __HarmonyOS__
#endif
#ifndef EGLAPI
#define EGLAPI KHRONOS_APICALL
#endif
#ifndef EGLAPIENTRY
#define EGLAPIENTRY KHRONOS_APIENTRY
#endif
#define EGLAPIENTRYP EGLAPIENTRY*
/* The types NativeDisplayType, NativeWindowType, and NativePixmapType
* are aliases of window-system-dependent types, such as X Display * or
* Windows Device Context. They must be defined in platform-specific
* code below. The EGL-prefixed versions of Native*Type are the same
* types, renamed in EGL 1.3 so all types in the API start with "EGL".
*
* Khronos STRONGLY RECOMMENDS that you use the default definitions
* provided below, since these changes affect both binary and source
* portability of applications using EGL running on different EGL
* implementations.
*/
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__VC32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__) /* Win32 and WinCE */
#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
#endif
#include <windows.h>
typedef HDC EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef HBITMAP EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef HWND EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
typedef int EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef int EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef int EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__WINSCW__) || defined(__SYMBIAN32__) /* Symbian */
typedef int EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef void *EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef void *EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(WL_EGL_PLATFORM)
typedef struct wl_display *EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef struct wl_egl_pixmap *EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef struct wl_egl_window *EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__GBM__)
typedef struct gbm_device *EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef struct gbm_bo *EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef void *EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__HarmonyOS__) || defined(HarmonyOS)
struct NativeLayer;
typedef void* EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef void* EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef struct NativeLayer* EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(USE_OZONE)
typedef intptr_t EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef intptr_t EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef intptr_t EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__unix__) && defined(EGL_NO_X11)
typedef void *EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__unix__) || defined(USE_X11)
/* X11 (tentative) */
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
typedef Display *EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef Pixmap EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef Window EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__APPLE__)
typedef int EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef void *EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef void *EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__HAIKU__)
#include <kernel/image.h>
typedef void *EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativeWindowType;
#elif defined(__Fuchsia__)
typedef void *EGLNativeDisplayType;
typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativePixmapType;
typedef khronos_uintptr_t EGLNativeWindowType;
#else
#error "Platform not recognized"
#endif
/* EGL 1.2 types, renamed for consistency in EGL 1.3 */
typedef EGLNativeDisplayType NativeDisplayType;
typedef EGLNativePixmapType NativePixmapType;
typedef EGLNativeWindowType NativeWindowType;
/* Define EGLint. This must be a signed integral type large enough to contain
* all legal attribute names and values passed into and out of EGL, whether
* their type is boolean, bitmask, enumerant (symbolic constant), integer,
* handle, or other. While in general a 32-bit integer will suffice, if
* handles are 64 bit types, then EGLint should be defined as a signed 64-bit
* integer type.
*/
typedef khronos_int32_t EGLint;
/* C++ / C typecast macros for special EGL handle values */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#define EGL_CAST(type, value) (static_cast<type>(value))
#else
#define EGL_CAST(type, value) ((type) (value))
#endif
#endif /* __eglplatform_h */

4
openharmony/arm64-v8a/ext/usr/include/patch/gl2ext.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
// OHOS
#pragma once
#include "../../../../../../sources/khronos/GLES2/gl2ext.h"

3029
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/curl/curl.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

77
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/curl/curlver.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
#ifndef CURLINC_CURLVER_H
#define CURLINC_CURLVER_H
/***************************************************************************
* _ _ ____ _
* Project ___| | | | _ \| |
* / __| | | | |_) | |
* | (__| |_| | _ <| |___
* \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
*
* Copyright (C) 1998 - 2020, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
*
* This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
* you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
* are also available at https://curl.se/docs/copyright.html.
*
* You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied.
*
***************************************************************************/
/* This header file contains nothing but libcurl version info, generated by
a script at release-time. This was made its own header file in 7.11.2 */
/* This is the global package copyright */
#define LIBCURL_COPYRIGHT "1996 - 2020 Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>."
/* This is the version number of the libcurl package from which this header
file origins: */
#define LIBCURL_VERSION "7.74.0-DEV"
/* The numeric version number is also available "in parts" by using these
defines: */
#define LIBCURL_VERSION_MAJOR 7
#define LIBCURL_VERSION_MINOR 74
#define LIBCURL_VERSION_PATCH 0
/* This is the numeric version of the libcurl version number, meant for easier
parsing and comparisons by programs. The LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM define will
always follow this syntax:
0xXXYYZZ
Where XX, YY and ZZ are the main version, release and patch numbers in
hexadecimal (using 8 bits each). All three numbers are always represented
using two digits. 1.2 would appear as "0x010200" while version 9.11.7
appears as "0x090b07".
This 6-digit (24 bits) hexadecimal number does not show pre-release number,
and it is always a greater number in a more recent release. It makes
comparisons with greater than and less than work.
Note: This define is the full hex number and _does not_ use the
CURL_VERSION_BITS() macro since curl's own configure script greps for it
and needs it to contain the full number.
*/
#define LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM 0x074a00
/*
* This is the date and time when the full source package was created. The
* timestamp is not stored in git, as the timestamp is properly set in the
* tarballs by the maketgz script.
*
* The format of the date follows this template:
*
* "2007-11-23"
*/
#define LIBCURL_TIMESTAMP "[unreleased]"
#define CURL_VERSION_BITS(x,y,z) ((x)<<16|(y)<<8|(z))
#define CURL_AT_LEAST_VERSION(x,y,z) \
(LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM >= CURL_VERSION_BITS(x, y, z))
#endif /* CURLINC_CURLVER_H */

123
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/curl/easy.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
#ifndef CURLINC_EASY_H
#define CURLINC_EASY_H
/***************************************************************************
* _ _ ____ _
* Project ___| | | | _ \| |
* / __| | | | |_) | |
* | (__| |_| | _ <| |___
* \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
*
* Copyright (C) 1998 - 2020, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
*
* This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
* you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
* are also available at https://curl.se/docs/copyright.html.
*
* You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied.
*
***************************************************************************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Flag bits in the curl_blob struct: */
#define CURL_BLOB_COPY 1 /* tell libcurl to copy the data */
#define CURL_BLOB_NOCOPY 0 /* tell libcurl to NOT copy the data */
struct curl_blob {
void *data;
size_t len;
unsigned int flags; /* bit 0 is defined, the rest are reserved and should be
left zeroes */
};
CURL_EXTERN CURL *curl_easy_init(void);
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_setopt(CURL *curl, CURLoption option, ...);
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_perform(CURL *curl);
CURL_EXTERN void curl_easy_cleanup(CURL *curl);
/*
* NAME curl_easy_getinfo()
*
* DESCRIPTION
*
* Request internal information from the curl session with this function. The
* third argument MUST be a pointer to a long, a pointer to a char * or a
* pointer to a double (as the documentation describes elsewhere). The data
* pointed to will be filled in accordingly and can be relied upon only if the
* function returns CURLE_OK. This function is intended to get used *AFTER* a
* performed transfer, all results from this function are undefined until the
* transfer is completed.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_getinfo(CURL *curl, CURLINFO info, ...);
/*
* NAME curl_easy_duphandle()
*
* DESCRIPTION
*
* Creates a new curl session handle with the same options set for the handle
* passed in. Duplicating a handle could only be a matter of cloning data and
* options, internal state info and things like persistent connections cannot
* be transferred. It is useful in multithreaded applications when you can run
* curl_easy_duphandle() for each new thread to avoid a series of identical
* curl_easy_setopt() invokes in every thread.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURL *curl_easy_duphandle(CURL *curl);
/*
* NAME curl_easy_reset()
*
* DESCRIPTION
*
* Re-initializes a CURL handle to the default values. This puts back the
* handle to the same state as it was in when it was just created.
*
* It does keep: live connections, the Session ID cache, the DNS cache and the
* cookies.
*/
CURL_EXTERN void curl_easy_reset(CURL *curl);
/*
* NAME curl_easy_recv()
*
* DESCRIPTION
*
* Receives data from the connected socket. Use after successful
* curl_easy_perform() with CURLOPT_CONNECT_ONLY option.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_recv(CURL *curl, void *buffer, size_t buflen,
size_t *n);
/*
* NAME curl_easy_send()
*
* DESCRIPTION
*
* Sends data over the connected socket. Use after successful
* curl_easy_perform() with CURLOPT_CONNECT_ONLY option.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_send(CURL *curl, const void *buffer,
size_t buflen, size_t *n);
/*
* NAME curl_easy_upkeep()
*
* DESCRIPTION
*
* Performs connection upkeep for the given session handle.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_upkeep(CURL *curl);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

50
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/curl/mprintf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
#ifndef CURLINC_MPRINTF_H
#define CURLINC_MPRINTF_H
/***************************************************************************
* _ _ ____ _
* Project ___| | | | _ \| |
* / __| | | | |_) | |
* | (__| |_| | _ <| |___
* \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
*
* Copyright (C) 1998 - 2020, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
*
* This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
* you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
* are also available at https://curl.se/docs/copyright.html.
*
* You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied.
*
***************************************************************************/
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h> /* needed for FILE */
#include "curl.h" /* for CURL_EXTERN */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
CURL_EXTERN int curl_mprintf(const char *format, ...);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_mfprintf(FILE *fd, const char *format, ...);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_msprintf(char *buffer, const char *format, ...);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_msnprintf(char *buffer, size_t maxlength,
const char *format, ...);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvprintf(const char *format, va_list args);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvfprintf(FILE *fd, const char *format, va_list args);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvsprintf(char *buffer, const char *format, va_list args);
CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvsnprintf(char *buffer, size_t maxlength,
const char *format, va_list args);
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_maprintf(const char *format, ...);
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_mvaprintf(const char *format, va_list args);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* CURLINC_MPRINTF_H */

456
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/curl/multi.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
#ifndef CURLINC_MULTI_H
#define CURLINC_MULTI_H
/***************************************************************************
* _ _ ____ _
* Project ___| | | | _ \| |
* / __| | | | |_) | |
* | (__| |_| | _ <| |___
* \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
*
* Copyright (C) 1998 - 2020, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
*
* This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
* you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
* are also available at https://curl.se/docs/copyright.html.
*
* You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied.
*
***************************************************************************/
/*
This is an "external" header file. Don't give away any internals here!
GOALS
o Enable a "pull" interface. The application that uses libcurl decides where
and when to ask libcurl to get/send data.
o Enable multiple simultaneous transfers in the same thread without making it
complicated for the application.
o Enable the application to select() on its own file descriptors and curl's
file descriptors simultaneous easily.
*/
/*
* This header file should not really need to include "curl.h" since curl.h
* itself includes this file and we expect user applications to do #include
* <curl/curl.h> without the need for especially including multi.h.
*
* For some reason we added this include here at one point, and rather than to
* break existing (wrongly written) libcurl applications, we leave it as-is
* but with this warning attached.
*/
#include "curl.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined(BUILDING_LIBCURL) || defined(CURL_STRICTER)
typedef struct Curl_multi CURLM;
#else
typedef void CURLM;
#endif
typedef enum {
CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM = -1, /* please call curl_multi_perform() or
curl_multi_socket*() soon */
CURLM_OK,
CURLM_BAD_HANDLE, /* the passed-in handle is not a valid CURLM handle */
CURLM_BAD_EASY_HANDLE, /* an easy handle was not good/valid */
CURLM_OUT_OF_MEMORY, /* if you ever get this, you're in deep sh*t */
CURLM_INTERNAL_ERROR, /* this is a libcurl bug */
CURLM_BAD_SOCKET, /* the passed in socket argument did not match */
CURLM_UNKNOWN_OPTION, /* curl_multi_setopt() with unsupported option */
CURLM_ADDED_ALREADY, /* an easy handle already added to a multi handle was
attempted to get added - again */
CURLM_RECURSIVE_API_CALL, /* an api function was called from inside a
callback */
CURLM_WAKEUP_FAILURE, /* wakeup is unavailable or failed */
CURLM_BAD_FUNCTION_ARGUMENT, /* function called with a bad parameter */
CURLM_LAST
} CURLMcode;
/* just to make code nicer when using curl_multi_socket() you can now check
for CURLM_CALL_MULTI_SOCKET too in the same style it works for
curl_multi_perform() and CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM */
#define CURLM_CALL_MULTI_SOCKET CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM
/* bitmask bits for CURLMOPT_PIPELINING */
#define CURLPIPE_NOTHING 0L
#define CURLPIPE_HTTP1 1L
#define CURLPIPE_MULTIPLEX 2L
typedef enum {
CURLMSG_NONE, /* first, not used */
CURLMSG_DONE, /* This easy handle has completed. 'result' contains
the CURLcode of the transfer */
CURLMSG_LAST /* last, not used */
} CURLMSG;
struct CURLMsg {
CURLMSG msg; /* what this message means */
CURL *easy_handle; /* the handle it concerns */
union {
void *whatever; /* message-specific data */
CURLcode result; /* return code for transfer */
} data;
};
typedef struct CURLMsg CURLMsg;
/* Based on poll(2) structure and values.
* We don't use pollfd and POLL* constants explicitly
* to cover platforms without poll(). */
#define CURL_WAIT_POLLIN 0x0001
#define CURL_WAIT_POLLPRI 0x0002
#define CURL_WAIT_POLLOUT 0x0004
struct curl_waitfd {
curl_socket_t fd;
short events;
short revents; /* not supported yet */
};
/*
* Name: curl_multi_init()
*
* Desc: inititalize multi-style curl usage
*
* Returns: a new CURLM handle to use in all 'curl_multi' functions.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLM *curl_multi_init(void);
/*
* Name: curl_multi_add_handle()
*
* Desc: add a standard curl handle to the multi stack
*
* Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_add_handle(CURLM *multi_handle,
CURL *curl_handle);
/*
* Name: curl_multi_remove_handle()
*
* Desc: removes a curl handle from the multi stack again
*
* Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_remove_handle(CURLM *multi_handle,
CURL *curl_handle);
/*
* Name: curl_multi_fdset()
*
* Desc: Ask curl for its fd_set sets. The app can use these to select() or
* poll() on. We want curl_multi_perform() called as soon as one of
* them are ready.
*
* Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_fdset(CURLM *multi_handle,
fd_set *read_fd_set,
fd_set *write_fd_set,
fd_set *exc_fd_set,
int *max_fd);
/*
* Name: curl_multi_wait()
*
* Desc: Poll on all fds within a CURLM set as well as any
* additional fds passed to the function.
*
* Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_wait(CURLM *multi_handle,
struct curl_waitfd extra_fds[],
unsigned int extra_nfds,
int timeout_ms,
int *ret);
/*
* Name: curl_multi_poll()
*
* Desc: Poll on all fds within a CURLM set as well as any
* additional fds passed to the function.
*
* Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_poll(CURLM *multi_handle,
struct curl_waitfd extra_fds[],
unsigned int extra_nfds,
int timeout_ms,
int *ret);
/*
* Name: curl_multi_wakeup()
*
* Desc: wakes up a sleeping curl_multi_poll call.
*
* Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_wakeup(CURLM *multi_handle);
/*
* Name: curl_multi_perform()
*
* Desc: When the app thinks there's data available for curl it calls this
* function to read/write whatever there is right now. This returns
* as soon as the reads and writes are done. This function does not
* require that there actually is data available for reading or that
* data can be written, it can be called just in case. It returns
* the number of handles that still transfer data in the second
* argument's integer-pointer.
*
* Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. *NOTE* that this only
* returns errors etc regarding the whole multi stack. There might
* still have occurred problems on individual transfers even when
* this returns OK.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_perform(CURLM *multi_handle,
int *running_handles);
/*
* Name: curl_multi_cleanup()
*
* Desc: Cleans up and removes a whole multi stack. It does not free or
* touch any individual easy handles in any way. We need to define
* in what state those handles will be if this function is called
* in the middle of a transfer.
*
* Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_cleanup(CURLM *multi_handle);
/*
* Name: curl_multi_info_read()
*
* Desc: Ask the multi handle if there's any messages/informationals from
* the individual transfers. Messages include informationals such as
* error code from the transfer or just the fact that a transfer is
* completed. More details on these should be written down as well.
*
* Repeated calls to this function will return a new struct each
* time, until a special "end of msgs" struct is returned as a signal
* that there is no more to get at this point.
*
* The data the returned pointer points to will not survive calling
* curl_multi_cleanup().
*
* The 'CURLMsg' struct is meant to be very simple and only contain
* very basic information. If more involved information is wanted,
* we will provide the particular "transfer handle" in that struct
* and that should/could/would be used in subsequent
* curl_easy_getinfo() calls (or similar). The point being that we
* must never expose complex structs to applications, as then we'll
* undoubtably get backwards compatibility problems in the future.
*
* Returns: A pointer to a filled-in struct, or NULL if it failed or ran out
* of structs. It also writes the number of messages left in the
* queue (after this read) in the integer the second argument points
* to.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLMsg *curl_multi_info_read(CURLM *multi_handle,
int *msgs_in_queue);
/*
* Name: curl_multi_strerror()
*
* Desc: The curl_multi_strerror function may be used to turn a CURLMcode
* value into the equivalent human readable error string. This is
* useful for printing meaningful error messages.
*
* Returns: A pointer to a null-terminated error message.
*/
CURL_EXTERN const char *curl_multi_strerror(CURLMcode);
/*
* Name: curl_multi_socket() and
* curl_multi_socket_all()
*
* Desc: An alternative version of curl_multi_perform() that allows the
* application to pass in one of the file descriptors that have been
* detected to have "action" on them and let libcurl perform.
* See man page for details.
*/
#define CURL_POLL_NONE 0
#define CURL_POLL_IN 1
#define CURL_POLL_OUT 2
#define CURL_POLL_INOUT 3
#define CURL_POLL_REMOVE 4
#define CURL_SOCKET_TIMEOUT CURL_SOCKET_BAD
#define CURL_CSELECT_IN 0x01
#define CURL_CSELECT_OUT 0x02
#define CURL_CSELECT_ERR 0x04
typedef int (*curl_socket_callback)(CURL *easy, /* easy handle */
curl_socket_t s, /* socket */
int what, /* see above */
void *userp, /* private callback
pointer */
void *socketp); /* private socket
pointer */
/*
* Name: curl_multi_timer_callback
*
* Desc: Called by libcurl whenever the library detects a change in the
* maximum number of milliseconds the app is allowed to wait before
* curl_multi_socket() or curl_multi_perform() must be called
* (to allow libcurl's timed events to take place).
*
* Returns: The callback should return zero.
*/
typedef int (*curl_multi_timer_callback)(CURLM *multi, /* multi handle */
long timeout_ms, /* see above */
void *userp); /* private callback
pointer */
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_socket(CURLM *multi_handle, curl_socket_t s,
int *running_handles);
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_socket_action(CURLM *multi_handle,
curl_socket_t s,
int ev_bitmask,
int *running_handles);
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_socket_all(CURLM *multi_handle,
int *running_handles);
#ifndef CURL_ALLOW_OLD_MULTI_SOCKET
/* This macro below was added in 7.16.3 to push users who recompile to use
the new curl_multi_socket_action() instead of the old curl_multi_socket()
*/
#define curl_multi_socket(x,y,z) curl_multi_socket_action(x,y,0,z)
#endif
/*
* Name: curl_multi_timeout()
*
* Desc: Returns the maximum number of milliseconds the app is allowed to
* wait before curl_multi_socket() or curl_multi_perform() must be
* called (to allow libcurl's timed events to take place).
*
* Returns: CURLM error code.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_timeout(CURLM *multi_handle,
long *milliseconds);
typedef enum {
/* This is the socket callback function pointer */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_SOCKETFUNCTION, CURLOPTTYPE_FUNCTIONPOINT, 1),
/* This is the argument passed to the socket callback */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_SOCKETDATA, CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT, 2),
/* set to 1 to enable pipelining for this multi handle */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_PIPELINING, CURLOPTTYPE_LONG, 3),
/* This is the timer callback function pointer */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_TIMERFUNCTION, CURLOPTTYPE_FUNCTIONPOINT, 4),
/* This is the argument passed to the timer callback */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_TIMERDATA, CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT, 5),
/* maximum number of entries in the connection cache */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_MAXCONNECTS, CURLOPTTYPE_LONG, 6),
/* maximum number of (pipelining) connections to one host */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_MAX_HOST_CONNECTIONS, CURLOPTTYPE_LONG, 7),
/* maximum number of requests in a pipeline */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_MAX_PIPELINE_LENGTH, CURLOPTTYPE_LONG, 8),
/* a connection with a content-length longer than this
will not be considered for pipelining */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_CONTENT_LENGTH_PENALTY_SIZE, CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T, 9),
/* a connection with a chunk length longer than this
will not be considered for pipelining */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_CHUNK_LENGTH_PENALTY_SIZE, CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T, 10),
/* a list of site names(+port) that are blocked from pipelining */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_PIPELINING_SITE_BL, CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT, 11),
/* a list of server types that are blocked from pipelining */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_PIPELINING_SERVER_BL, CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT, 12),
/* maximum number of open connections in total */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_MAX_TOTAL_CONNECTIONS, CURLOPTTYPE_LONG, 13),
/* This is the server push callback function pointer */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_PUSHFUNCTION, CURLOPTTYPE_FUNCTIONPOINT, 14),
/* This is the argument passed to the server push callback */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_PUSHDATA, CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT, 15),
/* maximum number of concurrent streams to support on a connection */
CURLOPT(CURLMOPT_MAX_CONCURRENT_STREAMS, CURLOPTTYPE_LONG, 16),
CURLMOPT_LASTENTRY /* the last unused */
} CURLMoption;
/*
* Name: curl_multi_setopt()
*
* Desc: Sets options for the multi handle.
*
* Returns: CURLM error code.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_setopt(CURLM *multi_handle,
CURLMoption option, ...);
/*
* Name: curl_multi_assign()
*
* Desc: This function sets an association in the multi handle between the
* given socket and a private pointer of the application. This is
* (only) useful for curl_multi_socket uses.
*
* Returns: CURLM error code.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_assign(CURLM *multi_handle,
curl_socket_t sockfd, void *sockp);
/*
* Name: curl_push_callback
*
* Desc: This callback gets called when a new stream is being pushed by the
* server. It approves or denies the new stream. It can also decide
* to completely fail the connection.
*
* Returns: CURL_PUSH_OK, CURL_PUSH_DENY or CURL_PUSH_ERROROUT
*/
#define CURL_PUSH_OK 0
#define CURL_PUSH_DENY 1
#define CURL_PUSH_ERROROUT 2 /* added in 7.72.0 */
struct curl_pushheaders; /* forward declaration only */
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_pushheader_bynum(struct curl_pushheaders *h,
size_t num);
CURL_EXTERN char *curl_pushheader_byname(struct curl_pushheaders *h,
const char *name);
typedef int (*curl_push_callback)(CURL *parent,
CURL *easy,
size_t num_headers,
struct curl_pushheaders *headers,
void *userp);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* end of extern "C" */
#endif
#endif

68
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/curl/options.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
#ifndef CURLINC_OPTIONS_H
#define CURLINC_OPTIONS_H
/***************************************************************************
* _ _ ____ _
* Project ___| | | | _ \| |
* / __| | | | |_) | |
* | (__| |_| | _ <| |___
* \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
*
* Copyright (C) 2018 - 2020, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
*
* This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
* you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
* are also available at https://curl.se/docs/copyright.html.
*
* You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied.
*
***************************************************************************/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef enum {
CURLOT_LONG, /* long (a range of values) */
CURLOT_VALUES, /* (a defined set or bitmask) */
CURLOT_OFF_T, /* curl_off_t (a range of values) */
CURLOT_OBJECT, /* pointer (void *) */
CURLOT_STRING, /* (char * to zero terminated buffer) */
CURLOT_SLIST, /* (struct curl_slist *) */
CURLOT_CBPTR, /* (void * passed as-is to a callback) */
CURLOT_BLOB, /* blob (struct curl_blob *) */
CURLOT_FUNCTION /* function pointer */
} curl_easytype;
/* Flag bits */
/* "alias" means it is provided for old programs to remain functional,
we prefer another name */
#define CURLOT_FLAG_ALIAS (1<<0)
/* The CURLOPTTYPE_* id ranges can still be used to figure out what type/size
to use for curl_easy_setopt() for the given id */
struct curl_easyoption {
const char *name;
CURLoption id;
curl_easytype type;
unsigned int flags;
};
CURL_EXTERN const struct curl_easyoption *
curl_easy_option_by_name(const char *name);
CURL_EXTERN const struct curl_easyoption *
curl_easy_option_by_id (CURLoption id);
CURL_EXTERN const struct curl_easyoption *
curl_easy_option_next(const struct curl_easyoption *prev);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* end of extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /* CURLINC_OPTIONS_H */

33
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/curl/stdcheaders.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
#ifndef CURLINC_STDCHEADERS_H
#define CURLINC_STDCHEADERS_H
/***************************************************************************
* _ _ ____ _
* Project ___| | | | _ \| |
* / __| | | | |_) | |
* | (__| |_| | _ <| |___
* \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
*
* Copyright (C) 1998 - 2020, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
*
* This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
* you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
* are also available at https://curl.se/docs/copyright.html.
*
* You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied.
*
***************************************************************************/
#include <sys/types.h>
size_t fread(void *, size_t, size_t, FILE *);
size_t fwrite(const void *, size_t, size_t, FILE *);
int strcasecmp(const char *, const char *);
int strncasecmp(const char *, const char *, size_t);
#endif /* CURLINC_STDCHEADERS_H */

504
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/curl/system.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
#ifndef CURLINC_SYSTEM_H
#define CURLINC_SYSTEM_H
/***************************************************************************
* _ _ ____ _
* Project ___| | | | _ \| |
* / __| | | | |_) | |
* | (__| |_| | _ <| |___
* \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
*
* Copyright (C) 1998 - 2020, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
*
* This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
* you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
* are also available at https://curl.se/docs/copyright.html.
*
* You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied.
*
***************************************************************************/
/*
* Try to keep one section per platform, compiler and architecture, otherwise,
* if an existing section is reused for a different one and later on the
* original is adjusted, probably the piggybacking one can be adversely
* changed.
*
* In order to differentiate between platforms/compilers/architectures use
* only compiler built in predefined preprocessor symbols.
*
* curl_off_t
* ----------
*
* For any given platform/compiler curl_off_t must be typedef'ed to a 64-bit
* wide signed integral data type. The width of this data type must remain
* constant and independent of any possible large file support settings.
*
* As an exception to the above, curl_off_t shall be typedef'ed to a 32-bit
* wide signed integral data type if there is no 64-bit type.
*
* As a general rule, curl_off_t shall not be mapped to off_t. This rule shall
* only be violated if off_t is the only 64-bit data type available and the
* size of off_t is independent of large file support settings. Keep your
* build on the safe side avoiding an off_t gating. If you have a 64-bit
* off_t then take for sure that another 64-bit data type exists, dig deeper
* and you will find it.
*
*/
#if defined(__DJGPP__) || defined(__GO32__)
# if defined(__DJGPP__) && (__DJGPP__ > 1)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# else
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# endif
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
#elif defined(__SALFORDC__)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
#elif defined(__BORLANDC__)
# if (__BORLANDC__ < 0x520)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# else
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T __int64
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "I64d"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "I64u"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T i64
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ui64
# endif
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
#elif defined(__TURBOC__)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
#elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
# if defined(__386__)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T __int64
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "I64d"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "I64u"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T i64
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ui64
# else
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# endif
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
#elif defined(__POCC__)
# if (__POCC__ < 280)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T __int64
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "I64d"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "I64u"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T i64
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ui64
# else
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# endif
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
#elif defined(__LCC__)
# if defined(__e2k__) /* MCST eLbrus C Compiler */
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H 1
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
# else /* Local (or Little) C Compiler */
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
# endif
#elif defined(__SYMBIAN32__)
# if defined(__EABI__) /* Treat all ARM compilers equally */
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# elif defined(__CW32__)
# pragma longlong on
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# elif defined(__VC32__)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T __int64
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# endif
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T unsigned int
#elif defined(__MWERKS__)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
#elif defined(_WIN32_WCE)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T __int64
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "I64d"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "I64u"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T i64
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ui64
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
#elif defined(__MINGW32__)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "I64d"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "I64u"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H 1
# define CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H 1
#elif defined(__VMS)
# if defined(__VAX)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# else
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# endif
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T unsigned int
#elif defined(__OS400__)
# if defined(__ILEC400__)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H 1
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
# endif
#elif defined(__MVS__)
# if defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__)
# if defined(_ILP32)
# elif defined(_LP64)
# endif
# if defined(_LONG_LONG)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# elif defined(_LP64)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# else
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# endif
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H 1
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
# endif
#elif defined(__370__)
# if defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__)
# if defined(_ILP32)
# elif defined(_LP64)
# endif
# if defined(_LONG_LONG)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# elif defined(_LP64)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# else
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# endif
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H 1
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
# endif
#elif defined(TPF)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
#elif defined(__TINYC__) /* also known as tcc */
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H 1
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
#elif defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC) /* Oracle Solaris Studio */
# if !defined(__LP64) && (defined(__ILP32) || \
defined(__i386) || \
defined(__sparcv8) || \
defined(__sparcv8plus))
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# elif defined(__LP64) || \
defined(__amd64) || defined(__sparcv9)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# endif
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H 1
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
#elif defined(__xlc__) /* IBM xlc compiler */
# if !defined(_LP64)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# else
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# endif
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H 1
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
/* ===================================== */
/* KEEP MSVC THE PENULTIMATE ENTRY */
/* ===================================== */
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# if (_MSC_VER >= 900) && (_INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS >= 64)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T __int64
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "I64d"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "I64u"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T i64
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ui64
# else
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# endif
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
/* ===================================== */
/* KEEP GENERIC GCC THE LAST ENTRY */
/* ===================================== */
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_SCO_DS)
# if !defined(__LP64__) && \
(defined(__ILP32__) || defined(__i386__) || defined(__hppa__) || \
defined(__ppc__) || defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__arm__) || \
defined(__sparc__) || defined(__mips__) || defined(__sh__) || \
defined(__XTENSA__) || \
(defined(__SIZEOF_LONG__) && __SIZEOF_LONG__ == 4) || \
(defined(__LONG_MAX__) && __LONG_MAX__ == 2147483647L))
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL
# elif defined(__LP64__) || \
defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ppc64__) || defined(__sparc64__) || \
defined(__e2k__) || \
(defined(__SIZEOF_LONG__) && __SIZEOF_LONG__ == 8) || \
(defined(__LONG_MAX__) && __LONG_MAX__ == 9223372036854775807L)
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# endif
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H 1
# define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
#else
/* generic "safe guess" on old 32 bit style */
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld"
# define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu"
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L
# define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL
# define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T int
#endif
#ifdef _AIX
/* AIX needs <sys/poll.h> */
#define CURL_PULL_SYS_POLL_H
#endif
/* CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H is defined above when inclusion of header file */
/* ws2tcpip.h is required here to properly make type definitions below. */
#ifdef CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H
# include <winsock2.h>
# include <windows.h>
# include <ws2tcpip.h>
#endif
/* CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H is defined above when inclusion of header file */
/* sys/types.h is required here to properly make type definitions below. */
#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
/* CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H is defined above when inclusion of header file */
/* sys/socket.h is required here to properly make type definitions below. */
#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H
# include <sys/socket.h>
#endif
/* CURL_PULL_SYS_POLL_H is defined above when inclusion of header file */
/* sys/poll.h is required here to properly make type definitions below. */
#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_POLL_H
# include <sys/poll.h>
#endif
/* Data type definition of curl_socklen_t. */
#ifdef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T
typedef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T curl_socklen_t;
#endif
/* Data type definition of curl_off_t. */
#ifdef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T
typedef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T curl_off_t;
#endif
/*
* CURL_ISOCPP and CURL_OFF_T_C definitions are done here in order to allow
* these to be visible and exported by the external libcurl interface API,
* while also making them visible to the library internals, simply including
* curl_setup.h, without actually needing to include curl.h internally.
* If some day this section would grow big enough, all this should be moved
* to its own header file.
*/
/*
* Figure out if we can use the ## preprocessor operator, which is supported
* by ISO/ANSI C and C++. Some compilers support it without setting __STDC__
* or __cplusplus so we need to carefully check for them too.
*/
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__cplusplus) || \
defined(__HP_aCC) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__LCC__) || \
defined(__POCC__) || defined(__SALFORDC__) || defined(__HIGHC__) || \
defined(__ILEC400__)
/* This compiler is believed to have an ISO compatible preprocessor */
#define CURL_ISOCPP
#else
/* This compiler is believed NOT to have an ISO compatible preprocessor */
#undef CURL_ISOCPP
#endif
/*
* Macros for minimum-width signed and unsigned curl_off_t integer constants.
*/
#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ == 0x0551)
# define CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(x) x
# define CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(x) CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(x)
# define CURL_OFF_T_C(Val) CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val) ## \
CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T)
# define CURL_OFF_TU_C(Val) CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val) ## \
CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU)
#else
# ifdef CURL_ISOCPP
# define CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(Val,Suffix) Val ## Suffix
# else
# define CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(Val,Suffix) Val/**/Suffix
# endif
# define CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val,Suffix) CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(Val,Suffix)
# define CURL_OFF_T_C(Val) CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val,CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T)
# define CURL_OFF_TU_C(Val) CURLINC_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val,CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU)
#endif
#endif /* CURLINC_SYSTEM_H */

704
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/curl/typecheck-gcc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,704 @@
#ifndef CURLINC_TYPECHECK_GCC_H
#define CURLINC_TYPECHECK_GCC_H
/***************************************************************************
* _ _ ____ _
* Project ___| | | | _ \| |
* / __| | | | |_) | |
* | (__| |_| | _ <| |___
* \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
*
* Copyright (C) 1998 - 2020, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
*
* This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
* you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
* are also available at https://curl.se/docs/copyright.html.
*
* You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied.
*
***************************************************************************/
/* wraps curl_easy_setopt() with typechecking */
/* To add a new kind of warning, add an
* if(curlcheck_sometype_option(_curl_opt))
* if(!curlcheck_sometype(value))
* _curl_easy_setopt_err_sometype();
* block and define curlcheck_sometype_option, curlcheck_sometype and
* _curl_easy_setopt_err_sometype below
*
* NOTE: We use two nested 'if' statements here instead of the && operator, in
* order to work around gcc bug #32061. It affects only gcc 4.3.x/4.4.x
* when compiling with -Wlogical-op.
*
* To add an option that uses the same type as an existing option, you'll just
* need to extend the appropriate _curl_*_option macro
*/
#define curl_easy_setopt(handle, option, value) \
__extension__({ \
__typeof__(option) _curl_opt = option; \
if(__builtin_constant_p(_curl_opt)) { \
if(curlcheck_long_option(_curl_opt)) \
if(!curlcheck_long(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_long(); \
if(curlcheck_off_t_option(_curl_opt)) \
if(!curlcheck_off_t(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_off_t(); \
if(curlcheck_string_option(_curl_opt)) \
if(!curlcheck_string(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_string(); \
if(curlcheck_write_cb_option(_curl_opt)) \
if(!curlcheck_write_cb(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_write_callback(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_RESOLVER_START_FUNCTION) \
if(!curlcheck_resolver_start_callback(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_resolver_start_callback(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_READFUNCTION) \
if(!curlcheck_read_cb(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_read_cb(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_IOCTLFUNCTION) \
if(!curlcheck_ioctl_cb(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_ioctl_cb(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SOCKOPTFUNCTION) \
if(!curlcheck_sockopt_cb(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_sockopt_cb(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_OPENSOCKETFUNCTION) \
if(!curlcheck_opensocket_cb(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_opensocket_cb(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION) \
if(!curlcheck_progress_cb(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_progress_cb(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_DEBUGFUNCTION) \
if(!curlcheck_debug_cb(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_debug_cb(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SSL_CTX_FUNCTION) \
if(!curlcheck_ssl_ctx_cb(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_ssl_ctx_cb(); \
if(curlcheck_conv_cb_option(_curl_opt)) \
if(!curlcheck_conv_cb(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_conv_cb(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SEEKFUNCTION) \
if(!curlcheck_seek_cb(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_seek_cb(); \
if(curlcheck_cb_data_option(_curl_opt)) \
if(!curlcheck_cb_data(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_cb_data(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER) \
if(!curlcheck_error_buffer(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_error_buffer(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_STDERR) \
if(!curlcheck_FILE(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_FILE(); \
if(curlcheck_postfields_option(_curl_opt)) \
if(!curlcheck_postfields(value)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_postfields(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_HTTPPOST) \
if(!curlcheck_arr((value), struct curl_httppost)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_httpost(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_MIMEPOST) \
if(!curlcheck_ptr((value), curl_mime)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_mimepost(); \
if(curlcheck_slist_option(_curl_opt)) \
if(!curlcheck_arr((value), struct curl_slist)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_slist(); \
if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SHARE) \
if(!curlcheck_ptr((value), CURLSH)) \
_curl_easy_setopt_err_CURLSH(); \
} \
curl_easy_setopt(handle, _curl_opt, value); \
})
/* wraps curl_easy_getinfo() with typechecking */
#define curl_easy_getinfo(handle, info, arg) \
__extension__({ \
__typeof__(info) _curl_info = info; \
if(__builtin_constant_p(_curl_info)) { \
if(curlcheck_string_info(_curl_info)) \
if(!curlcheck_arr((arg), char *)) \
_curl_easy_getinfo_err_string(); \
if(curlcheck_long_info(_curl_info)) \
if(!curlcheck_arr((arg), long)) \
_curl_easy_getinfo_err_long(); \
if(curlcheck_double_info(_curl_info)) \
if(!curlcheck_arr((arg), double)) \
_curl_easy_getinfo_err_double(); \
if(curlcheck_slist_info(_curl_info)) \
if(!curlcheck_arr((arg), struct curl_slist *)) \
_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_slist(); \
if(curlcheck_tlssessioninfo_info(_curl_info)) \
if(!curlcheck_arr((arg), struct curl_tlssessioninfo *)) \
_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_tlssesssioninfo(); \
if(curlcheck_certinfo_info(_curl_info)) \
if(!curlcheck_arr((arg), struct curl_certinfo *)) \
_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_certinfo(); \
if(curlcheck_socket_info(_curl_info)) \
if(!curlcheck_arr((arg), curl_socket_t)) \
_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_socket(); \
if(curlcheck_off_t_info(_curl_info)) \
if(!curlcheck_arr((arg), curl_off_t)) \
_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_off_t(); \
} \
curl_easy_getinfo(handle, _curl_info, arg); \
})
/*
* For now, just make sure that the functions are called with three arguments
*/
#define curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param) curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param)
#define curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param) curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param)
/* the actual warnings, triggered by calling the _curl_easy_setopt_err*
* functions */
/* To define a new warning, use _CURL_WARNING(identifier, "message") */
#define CURLWARNING(id, message) \
static void __attribute__((__warning__(message))) \
__attribute__((__unused__)) __attribute__((__noinline__)) \
id(void) { __asm__(""); }
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_long,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a long argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_off_t,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_off_t argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_string,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a "
"string ('char *' or char[]) argument for this option"
)
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_write_callback,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_write_callback argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_resolver_start_callback,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a "
"curl_resolver_start_callback argument for this option"
)
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_read_cb,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_read_callback argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_ioctl_cb,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_ioctl_callback argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_sockopt_cb,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_sockopt_callback argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_opensocket_cb,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a "
"curl_opensocket_callback argument for this option"
)
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_progress_cb,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_progress_callback argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_debug_cb,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_debug_callback argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_ssl_ctx_cb,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_ssl_ctx_callback argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_conv_cb,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_conv_callback argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_seek_cb,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_seek_callback argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_cb_data,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a "
"private data pointer as argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_error_buffer,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a "
"char buffer of CURL_ERROR_SIZE as argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_FILE,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a 'FILE *' argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_postfields,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a 'void *' or 'char *' argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_httpost,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a 'struct curl_httppost *' "
"argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_mimepost,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a 'curl_mime *' "
"argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_slist,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a 'struct curl_slist *' argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_CURLSH,
"curl_easy_setopt expects a CURLSH* argument for this option")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_string,
"curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to 'char *' for this info")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_long,
"curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to long for this info")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_double,
"curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to double for this info")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_slist,
"curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to 'struct curl_slist *' for this info")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_tlssesssioninfo,
"curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to "
"'struct curl_tlssessioninfo *' for this info")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_certinfo,
"curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to "
"'struct curl_certinfo *' for this info")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_socket,
"curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to curl_socket_t for this info")
CURLWARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_off_t,
"curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to curl_off_t for this info")
/* groups of curl_easy_setops options that take the same type of argument */
/* To add a new option to one of the groups, just add
* (option) == CURLOPT_SOMETHING
* to the or-expression. If the option takes a long or curl_off_t, you don't
* have to do anything
*/
/* evaluates to true if option takes a long argument */
#define curlcheck_long_option(option) \
(0 < (option) && (option) < CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT)
#define curlcheck_off_t_option(option) \
(((option) > CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T) && ((option) < CURLOPTTYPE_BLOB))
/* evaluates to true if option takes a char* argument */
#define curlcheck_string_option(option) \
((option) == CURLOPT_ABSTRACT_UNIX_SOCKET || \
(option) == CURLOPT_ACCEPT_ENCODING || \
(option) == CURLOPT_ALTSVC || \
(option) == CURLOPT_CAINFO || \
(option) == CURLOPT_CAPATH || \
(option) == CURLOPT_COOKIE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_COOKIEFILE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_COOKIEJAR || \
(option) == CURLOPT_COOKIELIST || \
(option) == CURLOPT_CRLFILE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_CUSTOMREQUEST || \
(option) == CURLOPT_DEFAULT_PROTOCOL || \
(option) == CURLOPT_DNS_INTERFACE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_DNS_LOCAL_IP4 || \
(option) == CURLOPT_DNS_LOCAL_IP6 || \
(option) == CURLOPT_DNS_SERVERS || \
(option) == CURLOPT_DOH_URL || \
(option) == CURLOPT_EGDSOCKET || \
(option) == CURLOPT_FTPPORT || \
(option) == CURLOPT_FTP_ACCOUNT || \
(option) == CURLOPT_FTP_ALTERNATIVE_TO_USER || \
(option) == CURLOPT_HSTS || \
(option) == CURLOPT_INTERFACE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_ISSUERCERT || \
(option) == CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD || \
(option) == CURLOPT_KRBLEVEL || \
(option) == CURLOPT_LOGIN_OPTIONS || \
(option) == CURLOPT_MAIL_AUTH || \
(option) == CURLOPT_MAIL_FROM || \
(option) == CURLOPT_NETRC_FILE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_NOPROXY || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PASSWORD || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PINNEDPUBLICKEY || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PRE_PROXY || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXYPASSWORD || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXYUSERNAME || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXYUSERPWD || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_CAINFO || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_CAPATH || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_CRLFILE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_ISSUERCERT || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_KEYPASSWD || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_PINNEDPUBLICKEY || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_SERVICE_NAME || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_SSLCERT || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_SSLCERTTYPE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_SSLKEY || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_SSLKEYTYPE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_SSL_CIPHER_LIST || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_TLS13_CIPHERS || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_TLSAUTH_PASSWORD || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_TLSAUTH_TYPE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXY_TLSAUTH_USERNAME || \
(option) == CURLOPT_RANDOM_FILE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_RANGE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_REFERER || \
(option) == CURLOPT_REQUEST_TARGET || \
(option) == CURLOPT_RTSP_SESSION_ID || \
(option) == CURLOPT_RTSP_STREAM_URI || \
(option) == CURLOPT_RTSP_TRANSPORT || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SASL_AUTHZID || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SERVICE_NAME || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SOCKS5_GSSAPI_SERVICE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSH_HOST_PUBLIC_KEY_MD5 || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSH_KNOWNHOSTS || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSH_PRIVATE_KEYFILE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSH_PUBLIC_KEYFILE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSLCERT || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSLCERTTYPE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSLENGINE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSLKEY || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSLKEYTYPE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST || \
(option) == CURLOPT_TLS13_CIPHERS || \
(option) == CURLOPT_TLSAUTH_PASSWORD || \
(option) == CURLOPT_TLSAUTH_TYPE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_TLSAUTH_USERNAME || \
(option) == CURLOPT_UNIX_SOCKET_PATH || \
(option) == CURLOPT_URL || \
(option) == CURLOPT_USERAGENT || \
(option) == CURLOPT_USERNAME || \
(option) == CURLOPT_USERPWD || \
(option) == CURLOPT_XOAUTH2_BEARER || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSL_EC_CURVES || \
0)
/* evaluates to true if option takes a curl_write_callback argument */
#define curlcheck_write_cb_option(option) \
((option) == CURLOPT_HEADERFUNCTION || \
(option) == CURLOPT_WRITEFUNCTION)
/* evaluates to true if option takes a curl_conv_callback argument */
#define curlcheck_conv_cb_option(option) \
((option) == CURLOPT_CONV_TO_NETWORK_FUNCTION || \
(option) == CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_NETWORK_FUNCTION || \
(option) == CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_UTF8_FUNCTION)
/* evaluates to true if option takes a data argument to pass to a callback */
#define curlcheck_cb_data_option(option) \
((option) == CURLOPT_CHUNK_DATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_CLOSESOCKETDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_DEBUGDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_FNMATCH_DATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_HEADERDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_HSTSREADDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_HSTSWRITEDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_INTERLEAVEDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_IOCTLDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_OPENSOCKETDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROGRESSDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_READDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SEEKDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SOCKOPTDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSH_KEYDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_SSL_CTX_DATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_WRITEDATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_RESOLVER_START_DATA || \
(option) == CURLOPT_TRAILERDATA || \
0)
/* evaluates to true if option takes a POST data argument (void* or char*) */
#define curlcheck_postfields_option(option) \
((option) == CURLOPT_POSTFIELDS || \
(option) == CURLOPT_COPYPOSTFIELDS || \
0)
/* evaluates to true if option takes a struct curl_slist * argument */
#define curlcheck_slist_option(option) \
((option) == CURLOPT_HTTP200ALIASES || \
(option) == CURLOPT_HTTPHEADER || \
(option) == CURLOPT_MAIL_RCPT || \
(option) == CURLOPT_POSTQUOTE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PREQUOTE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_PROXYHEADER || \
(option) == CURLOPT_QUOTE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_RESOLVE || \
(option) == CURLOPT_TELNETOPTIONS || \
(option) == CURLOPT_CONNECT_TO || \
0)
/* groups of curl_easy_getinfo infos that take the same type of argument */
/* evaluates to true if info expects a pointer to char * argument */
#define curlcheck_string_info(info) \
(CURLINFO_STRING < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_LONG && \
(info) != CURLINFO_PRIVATE)
/* evaluates to true if info expects a pointer to long argument */
#define curlcheck_long_info(info) \
(CURLINFO_LONG < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_DOUBLE)
/* evaluates to true if info expects a pointer to double argument */
#define curlcheck_double_info(info) \
(CURLINFO_DOUBLE < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_SLIST)
/* true if info expects a pointer to struct curl_slist * argument */
#define curlcheck_slist_info(info) \
(((info) == CURLINFO_SSL_ENGINES) || ((info) == CURLINFO_COOKIELIST))
/* true if info expects a pointer to struct curl_tlssessioninfo * argument */
#define curlcheck_tlssessioninfo_info(info) \
(((info) == CURLINFO_TLS_SSL_PTR) || ((info) == CURLINFO_TLS_SESSION))
/* true if info expects a pointer to struct curl_certinfo * argument */
#define curlcheck_certinfo_info(info) ((info) == CURLINFO_CERTINFO)
/* true if info expects a pointer to struct curl_socket_t argument */
#define curlcheck_socket_info(info) \
(CURLINFO_SOCKET < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_OFF_T)
/* true if info expects a pointer to curl_off_t argument */
#define curlcheck_off_t_info(info) \
(CURLINFO_OFF_T < (info))
/* typecheck helpers -- check whether given expression has requested type*/
/* For pointers, you can use the curlcheck_ptr/curlcheck_arr macros,
* otherwise define a new macro. Search for __builtin_types_compatible_p
* in the GCC manual.
* NOTE: these macros MUST NOT EVALUATE their arguments! The argument is
* the actual expression passed to the curl_easy_setopt macro. This
* means that you can only apply the sizeof and __typeof__ operators, no
* == or whatsoever.
*/
/* XXX: should evaluate to true if expr is a pointer */
#define curlcheck_any_ptr(expr) \
(sizeof(expr) == sizeof(void *))
/* evaluates to true if expr is NULL */
/* XXX: must not evaluate expr, so this check is not accurate */
#define curlcheck_NULL(expr) \
(__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), __typeof__(NULL)))
/* evaluates to true if expr is type*, const type* or NULL */
#define curlcheck_ptr(expr, type) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), type *) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), const type *))
/* evaluates to true if expr is one of type[], type*, NULL or const type* */
#define curlcheck_arr(expr, type) \
(curlcheck_ptr((expr), type) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), type []))
/* evaluates to true if expr is a string */
#define curlcheck_string(expr) \
(curlcheck_arr((expr), char) || \
curlcheck_arr((expr), signed char) || \
curlcheck_arr((expr), unsigned char))
/* evaluates to true if expr is a long (no matter the signedness)
* XXX: for now, int is also accepted (and therefore short and char, which
* are promoted to int when passed to a variadic function) */
#define curlcheck_long(expr) \
(__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), long) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed long) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned long) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), int) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed int) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned int) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), short) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed short) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned short) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), char) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed char) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned char))
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_off_t */
#define curlcheck_off_t(expr) \
(__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_off_t))
/* evaluates to true if expr is abuffer suitable for CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER */
/* XXX: also check size of an char[] array? */
#define curlcheck_error_buffer(expr) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), char *) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), char[]))
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type (const) void* or (const) FILE* */
#if 0
#define curlcheck_cb_data(expr) \
(curlcheck_ptr((expr), void) || \
curlcheck_ptr((expr), FILE))
#else /* be less strict */
#define curlcheck_cb_data(expr) \
curlcheck_any_ptr(expr)
#endif
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type FILE* */
#define curlcheck_FILE(expr) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
(__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), FILE *)))
/* evaluates to true if expr can be passed as POST data (void* or char*) */
#define curlcheck_postfields(expr) \
(curlcheck_ptr((expr), void) || \
curlcheck_arr((expr), char) || \
curlcheck_arr((expr), unsigned char))
/* helper: __builtin_types_compatible_p distinguishes between functions and
* function pointers, hide it */
#define curlcheck_cb_compatible(func, type) \
(__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(func), type) || \
__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(func) *, type))
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_resolver_start_callback */
#define curlcheck_resolver_start_callback(expr) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), curl_resolver_start_callback))
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_read_callback or "similar" */
#define curlcheck_read_cb(expr) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), __typeof__(fread) *) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), curl_read_callback) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback1) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback2) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback3) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback4) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback5) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback6))
typedef size_t (*_curl_read_callback1)(char *, size_t, size_t, void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_read_callback2)(char *, size_t, size_t, const void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_read_callback3)(char *, size_t, size_t, FILE *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_read_callback4)(void *, size_t, size_t, void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_read_callback5)(void *, size_t, size_t, const void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_read_callback6)(void *, size_t, size_t, FILE *);
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_write_callback or "similar" */
#define curlcheck_write_cb(expr) \
(curlcheck_read_cb(expr) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), __typeof__(fwrite) *) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), curl_write_callback) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback1) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback2) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback3) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback4) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback5) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback6))
typedef size_t (*_curl_write_callback1)(const char *, size_t, size_t, void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_write_callback2)(const char *, size_t, size_t,
const void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_write_callback3)(const char *, size_t, size_t, FILE *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_write_callback4)(const void *, size_t, size_t, void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_write_callback5)(const void *, size_t, size_t,
const void *);
typedef size_t (*_curl_write_callback6)(const void *, size_t, size_t, FILE *);
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_ioctl_callback or "similar" */
#define curlcheck_ioctl_cb(expr) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), curl_ioctl_callback) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback1) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback2) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback3) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback4))
typedef curlioerr (*_curl_ioctl_callback1)(CURL *, int, void *);
typedef curlioerr (*_curl_ioctl_callback2)(CURL *, int, const void *);
typedef curlioerr (*_curl_ioctl_callback3)(CURL *, curliocmd, void *);
typedef curlioerr (*_curl_ioctl_callback4)(CURL *, curliocmd, const void *);
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_sockopt_callback or "similar" */
#define curlcheck_sockopt_cb(expr) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), curl_sockopt_callback) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_sockopt_callback1) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_sockopt_callback2))
typedef int (*_curl_sockopt_callback1)(void *, curl_socket_t, curlsocktype);
typedef int (*_curl_sockopt_callback2)(const void *, curl_socket_t,
curlsocktype);
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_opensocket_callback or
"similar" */
#define curlcheck_opensocket_cb(expr) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), curl_opensocket_callback) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback1) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback2) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback3) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback4))
typedef curl_socket_t (*_curl_opensocket_callback1)
(void *, curlsocktype, struct curl_sockaddr *);
typedef curl_socket_t (*_curl_opensocket_callback2)
(void *, curlsocktype, const struct curl_sockaddr *);
typedef curl_socket_t (*_curl_opensocket_callback3)
(const void *, curlsocktype, struct curl_sockaddr *);
typedef curl_socket_t (*_curl_opensocket_callback4)
(const void *, curlsocktype, const struct curl_sockaddr *);
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_progress_callback or "similar" */
#define curlcheck_progress_cb(expr) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), curl_progress_callback) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_progress_callback1) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_progress_callback2))
typedef int (*_curl_progress_callback1)(void *,
double, double, double, double);
typedef int (*_curl_progress_callback2)(const void *,
double, double, double, double);
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_debug_callback or "similar" */
#define curlcheck_debug_cb(expr) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), curl_debug_callback) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback1) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback2) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback3) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback4) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback5) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback6) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback7) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback8))
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback1) (CURL *,
curl_infotype, char *, size_t, void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback2) (CURL *,
curl_infotype, char *, size_t, const void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback3) (CURL *,
curl_infotype, const char *, size_t, void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback4) (CURL *,
curl_infotype, const char *, size_t, const void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback5) (CURL *,
curl_infotype, unsigned char *, size_t, void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback6) (CURL *,
curl_infotype, unsigned char *, size_t, const void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback7) (CURL *,
curl_infotype, const unsigned char *, size_t, void *);
typedef int (*_curl_debug_callback8) (CURL *,
curl_infotype, const unsigned char *, size_t, const void *);
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_ssl_ctx_callback or "similar" */
/* this is getting even messier... */
#define curlcheck_ssl_ctx_cb(expr) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), curl_ssl_ctx_callback) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback2) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback3) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback4) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback5) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback6) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback7) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback8))
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback1)(CURL *, void *, void *);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback2)(CURL *, void *, const void *);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback3)(CURL *, const void *, void *);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback4)(CURL *, const void *,
const void *);
#ifdef HEADER_SSL_H
/* hack: if we included OpenSSL's ssl.h, we know about SSL_CTX
* this will of course break if we're included before OpenSSL headers...
*/
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback5)(CURL *, SSL_CTX, void *);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback6)(CURL *, SSL_CTX, const void *);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback7)(CURL *, const SSL_CTX, void *);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_ssl_ctx_callback8)(CURL *, const SSL_CTX,
const void *);
#else
typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback5;
typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback6;
typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback7;
typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback8;
#endif
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_conv_callback or "similar" */
#define curlcheck_conv_cb(expr) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), curl_conv_callback) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback1) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback2) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback3) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback4))
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback1)(char *, size_t length);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback2)(const char *, size_t length);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback3)(void *, size_t length);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback4)(const void *, size_t length);
/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_seek_callback or "similar" */
#define curlcheck_seek_cb(expr) \
(curlcheck_NULL(expr) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), curl_seek_callback) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_seek_callback1) || \
curlcheck_cb_compatible((expr), _curl_seek_callback2))
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_seek_callback1)(void *, curl_off_t, int);
typedef CURLcode (*_curl_seek_callback2)(const void *, curl_off_t, int);
#endif /* CURLINC_TYPECHECK_GCC_H */

125
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/curl/urlapi.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
#ifndef CURLINC_URLAPI_H
#define CURLINC_URLAPI_H
/***************************************************************************
* _ _ ____ _
* Project ___| | | | _ \| |
* / __| | | | |_) | |
* | (__| |_| | _ <| |___
* \___|\___/|_| \_\_____|
*
* Copyright (C) 2018 - 2020, Daniel Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>, et al.
*
* This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which
* you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms
* are also available at https://curl.se/docs/copyright.html.
*
* You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell
* copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is
* furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file.
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
* KIND, either express or implied.
*
***************************************************************************/
#include "curl.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* the error codes for the URL API */
typedef enum {
CURLUE_OK,
CURLUE_BAD_HANDLE, /* 1 */
CURLUE_BAD_PARTPOINTER, /* 2 */
CURLUE_MALFORMED_INPUT, /* 3 */
CURLUE_BAD_PORT_NUMBER, /* 4 */
CURLUE_UNSUPPORTED_SCHEME, /* 5 */
CURLUE_URLDECODE, /* 6 */
CURLUE_OUT_OF_MEMORY, /* 7 */
CURLUE_USER_NOT_ALLOWED, /* 8 */
CURLUE_UNKNOWN_PART, /* 9 */
CURLUE_NO_SCHEME, /* 10 */
CURLUE_NO_USER, /* 11 */
CURLUE_NO_PASSWORD, /* 12 */
CURLUE_NO_OPTIONS, /* 13 */
CURLUE_NO_HOST, /* 14 */
CURLUE_NO_PORT, /* 15 */
CURLUE_NO_QUERY, /* 16 */
CURLUE_NO_FRAGMENT /* 17 */
} CURLUcode;
typedef enum {
CURLUPART_URL,
CURLUPART_SCHEME,
CURLUPART_USER,
CURLUPART_PASSWORD,
CURLUPART_OPTIONS,
CURLUPART_HOST,
CURLUPART_PORT,
CURLUPART_PATH,
CURLUPART_QUERY,
CURLUPART_FRAGMENT,
CURLUPART_ZONEID /* added in 7.65.0 */
} CURLUPart;
#define CURLU_DEFAULT_PORT (1<<0) /* return default port number */
#define CURLU_NO_DEFAULT_PORT (1<<1) /* act as if no port number was set,
if the port number matches the
default for the scheme */
#define CURLU_DEFAULT_SCHEME (1<<2) /* return default scheme if
missing */
#define CURLU_NON_SUPPORT_SCHEME (1<<3) /* allow non-supported scheme */
#define CURLU_PATH_AS_IS (1<<4) /* leave dot sequences */
#define CURLU_DISALLOW_USER (1<<5) /* no user+password allowed */
#define CURLU_URLDECODE (1<<6) /* URL decode on get */
#define CURLU_URLENCODE (1<<7) /* URL encode on set */
#define CURLU_APPENDQUERY (1<<8) /* append a form style part */
#define CURLU_GUESS_SCHEME (1<<9) /* legacy curl-style guessing */
#define CURLU_NO_AUTHORITY (1<<10) /* Allow empty authority when the
scheme is unknown. */
typedef struct Curl_URL CURLU;
/*
* curl_url() creates a new CURLU handle and returns a pointer to it.
* Must be freed with curl_url_cleanup().
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLU *curl_url(void);
/*
* curl_url_cleanup() frees the CURLU handle and related resources used for
* the URL parsing. It will not free strings previously returned with the URL
* API.
*/
CURL_EXTERN void curl_url_cleanup(CURLU *handle);
/*
* curl_url_dup() duplicates a CURLU handle and returns a new copy. The new
* handle must also be freed with curl_url_cleanup().
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLU *curl_url_dup(CURLU *in);
/*
* curl_url_get() extracts a specific part of the URL from a CURLU
* handle. Returns error code. The returned pointer MUST be freed with
* curl_free() afterwards.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLUcode curl_url_get(CURLU *handle, CURLUPart what,
char **part, unsigned int flags);
/*
* curl_url_set() sets a specific part of the URL in a CURLU handle. Returns
* error code. The passed in string will be copied. Passing a NULL instead of
* a part string, clears that part.
*/
CURL_EXTERN CURLUcode curl_url_set(CURLU *handle, CURLUPart what,
const char *part, unsigned int flags);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* end of extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /* CURLINC_URLAPI_H */

603
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,603 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftconfig.in
*
* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used by
* the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically
* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to port
* FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI compiler.
*
* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we advise
* you to place a modified copy in your build directory.
*
* The build directory is usually `builds/<system>`, and contains
* system-specific files that are always included first when building the
* library.
*
*/
#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_
#define FTCONFIG_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS
*
* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current ones
* are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment (16bit
* compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own
* `builds/<system>` directory, and edit it to port the engine.
*
*/
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char` */
/* has 16~bits. ANSI~C says that `sizeof(char)` is always~1. Since an */
/* `int` has 16~bits also for this system, `sizeof(int)` gives~1 which */
/* is probably unexpected. */
/* */
/* `CHAR_BIT` (defined in `limits.h`) gives the number of bits in a */
/* `char` type. */
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#endif
#undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
#undef SIZEOF_INT
#undef SIZEOF_LONG
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG
#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* Following cpp computation of the bit length of `int` and `long` */
/* is copied from default `include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h`. */
/* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */
/* applied to the original header file for the builders that do */
/* not use configure script. */
/* The size of an `int` type. */
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 16 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif
/* The size of a `long` type. A five-byte `long` (as used e.g. on the */
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif
#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
/* `FT_UNUSED` indicates that a given parameter is not used -- */
/* this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings. */
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS
*
* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch
* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No
* porter should need to mess with them.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* Mac support
*
* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead
* providing a new configuration file.
*/
#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
/* No Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x. */
/* `AvailabilityMacros.h` is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
/* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion. */
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#endif
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#undef FT_MACINTOSH
#endif
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#endif
/* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler. */
#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
#pragma set woff 3505
#endif
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* basic_types
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int16
*
* @description:
* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type.
*/
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt16
*
* @description:
* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type.
*/
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
/* */
/* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
#if 0
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int32
*
* @description:
* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration.
*/
typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt32
*
* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration.
*/
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int64
*
* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support;
* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).
*/
typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt64
*
* A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support;
* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).
*/
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64;
/* */
#endif
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32~bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
typedef int FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
typedef long FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
#endif
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit `int` type for platforms without */
/* Autoconf */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
/* `FT_LONG64` must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long
/* we handle the LLP64 scheme separately for GCC and clang, */
/* suppressing the `long long` warning */
#elif ( FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4 ) && \
defined( HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT ) && \
defined( __GNUC__ )
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wlong-long"
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
/**************************************************************************
*
* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile in
* strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data types if
* `__STDC__` is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the
* `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64` configuration macro.
*/
#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
#if defined( __STDC_VERSION__ ) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of `__BORLANDC__` in order */
/* to test the compiler version. */
/* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
/* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
/* GCC provides the `long long` type */
#define FT_LONG64
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
#ifdef FT_LONG64
typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64;
#endif
#ifdef _WIN64
/* only 64bit Windows uses the LLP64 data model, i.e., */
/* 32bit integers, 64bit pointers */
#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned __int64)(x)
#else
#define FT_UINT_TO_POINTER( x ) (void*)(unsigned long)(x)
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* miscellaneous
*
*/
#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
/* `typeof` condition taken from gnulib's `intprops.h` header file */
#if ( ( defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 2 ) || \
( defined( __IBMC__ ) && __IBMC__ >= 1210 && \
defined( __IBM__TYPEOF__ ) ) || \
( defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x5110 && !__STDC__ ) )
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) ( __typeof__ ( type ) )
#else
#define FT_TYPEOF( type ) /* empty */
#endif
/* Use `FT_LOCAL` and `FT_LOCAL_DEF` to declare and define, */
/* respectively, a function that gets used only within the scope of a */
/* module. Normally, both the header and source code files for such a */
/* function are within a single module directory. */
/* */
/* Intra-module arrays should be tagged with `FT_LOCAL_ARRAY` and */
/* `FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF`. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x ) extern const x
#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x ) const x
/* Use `FT_BASE` and `FT_BASE_DEF` to declare and define, respectively, */
/* functions that are used in more than a single module. In the */
/* current setup this implies that the declaration is in a header file */
/* in the `include/freetype/internal` directory, and the function body */
/* is in a file in `src/base`. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_BASE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE */
#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#else
#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
/* When compiling FreeType as a DLL or DSO with hidden visibility */
/* some systems/compilers need a special attribute in front OR after */
/* the return type of function declarations. */
/* */
/* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
/* exported library functions: `FT_EXPORT` and `FT_EXPORT_DEF`. */
/* */
/* - `FT_EXPORT( return_type )` */
/* */
/* is used in a function declaration, as in */
/* */
/* ``` */
/* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
/* ``` */
/* */
/* - `FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type )` */
/* */
/* is used in a function definition, as in */
/* */
/* ``` */
/* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
/* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
/* { */
/* ... some code ... */
/* return FT_Err_Ok; */
/* } */
/* ``` */
/* */
/* You can provide your own implementation of `FT_EXPORT` and */
/* `FT_EXPORT_DEF` here if you want. */
/* */
/* To export a variable, use `FT_EXPORT_VAR`. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( DLL_EXPORT )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __declspec( dllexport ) x
#elif defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 4
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __attribute__(( visibility( "default" ) )) x
#elif defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x550
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __global x
#elif defined( __cplusplus )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#else
#if defined( _WIN32 ) && defined( DLL_IMPORT )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) __declspec( dllimport ) x
#elif defined( __cplusplus )
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
#endif
#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
/* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
/* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
/* */
/* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"` for */
/* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
/* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
/* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
/* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
/* */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function, */
/* located in the same source code file as the structure that uses */
/* it. */
/* */
/* FT_BASE_CALLBACK and FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF are used to declare */
/* and define a callback function, respectively, in a similar way */
/* as FT_BASE and FT_BASE_DEF work. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
/* contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
/* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
/* */
/* */
/* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
/* the infamous `_cdecl` or `__fastcall` declarations. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
#ifndef FT_BASE_CALLBACK
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x ) extern "C" x
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
#else
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK( x ) extern x
#define FT_BASE_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) x
#endif
#endif /* FT_BASE_CALLBACK */
#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
#else
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
#endif
#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */
/* END */

814
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftheader.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,814 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftheader.h
*
* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTHEADER_H_
#define FTHEADER_H_
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }` block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }` block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* header_file_macros
*
* @title:
* Header File Macros
*
* @abstract:
* Macro definitions used to `#include` specific header files.
*
* @description:
* The following macros are defined to the name of specific FreeType~2
* header files. They can be used directly in `#include` statements as
* in:
*
* ```
* #include FT_FREETYPE_H
* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
* #include FT_GLYPH_H
* ```
*
* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name public
* header files. The first one is that such macros are not limited to
* the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and
* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H` is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h`).
*
* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the way
* FreeType~2 is installed on a given system.
*
*/
/* configuration files */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the driver modules.
*
*/
#define FT_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftdriver.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PCF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the PCF driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_PCF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte 'tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BZIP2_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access fonts
* embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded 'name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables ('BASE',
* 'GDEF', 'GPOS', 'GSUB', 'JSTF').
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables ('feat',
* 'mort', 'morx', 'bsln', 'just', 'kern', 'opbd', 'trak', 'prop').
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats.
*/
#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H <freetype/ftfntfmt.h>
/* deprecated */
#define FT_XFREE86_H FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_COLOR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which handles the OpenType 'CPAL' table.
*/
#define FT_COLOR_H <freetype/ftcolor.h>
/* */
/* These header files don't need to be included by the user. */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
#define FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
/* Deprecated macros. */
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
/* `FT_CACHE_H` is the only header file needed for the cache subsystem. */
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to `FT_CACHE_H` at the moment just in case, but we know */
/* of no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H FT_CACHE_H
/*
* Include internal headers definitions from `<internal/...>` only when
* building the library.
*/
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */
/* END */

32
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftmodule.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/*
* This file registers the FreeType modules compiled into the library.
*
* If you use GNU make, this file IS NOT USED! Instead, it is created in
* the objects directory (normally `<topdir>/objs/`) based on information
* from `<topdir>/modules.cfg`.
*
* Please read `docs/INSTALL.ANY` and `docs/CUSTOMIZE` how to compile
* FreeType without GNU make.
*
*/
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
/* EOF */

982
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftoption.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,982 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftoption.h
*
* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTOPTION_H_
#define FTOPTION_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS
*
* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for a
* standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to use
* this file to build project-specific versions of the library:
*
* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in
* cases where you would like to build several versions of the library
* from a single source directory.
*
* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more
* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h`, where `$BUILD` is
* the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType include
* path during compilation.
*
* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build directory
* `builds/<system>` by default, but you can easily change that for your
* own projects.
*
* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h` and modify it
* slightly to pre-define the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H` used to locate
* this file during the build. For example,
*
* ```
* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h>
* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
* ```
*
* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h` instead of this file for macro
* definitions.
*
* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro
* `FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H` used to locate the file listing of the modules
* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By
* default, this file is `<freetype/config/ftmodule.h>`.
*
* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible.
*
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*#************************************************************************
*
* If you enable this configuration option, FreeType recognizes an
* environment variable called `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES`, which can be used to
* control the various font drivers and modules. The controllable
* properties are listed in the section @properties.
*
* You have to undefine this configuration option on platforms that lack
* the concept of environment variables (and thus don't have the `getenv`
* function), for example Windows CE.
*
* `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` has the following syntax form (broken here into
* multiple lines for better readability).
*
* ```
* <optional whitespace>
* <module-name1> ':'
* <property-name1> '=' <property-value1>
* <whitespace>
* <module-name2> ':'
* <property-name2> '=' <property-value2>
* ...
* ```
*
* Example:
*
* ```
* FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \
* cff:no-stem-darkening=1 \
* autofitter:warping=1
* ```
*
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES
/**************************************************************************
*
* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate LCD rendering
* technology similar to ClearType in this build of the library. This
* technology triples the resolution in the direction color subpixels. To
* mitigate color fringes inherent to this technology, you also need to
* explicitly set up LCD filtering.
*
* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents and
* should not be activated in any default build of the library. When this
* macro is not defined, FreeType offers alternative LCD rendering
* technology that produces excellent output without LCD filtering.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used by
* FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create some
* problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode.
*
* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when
* the `__STDC__` macro is defined. You can however disable this by
* defining the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64` here.
*
* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when
* building the library.
*
* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the
* file `ftconfig.h` either statically or through the `configure`
* script on supported platforms.
*/
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
/**************************************************************************
*
* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of
* performance-critical functions (e.g., @FT_MulFix). You should only do
* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to execute
* benchmark tests of the various implementations.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
/**************************************************************************
*
* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of the
* @FT_MulFix function, which is a 'hotspot' when loading and hinting
* glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible.
*
* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default to
* the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c`.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
/**************************************************************************
*
* LZW-compressed file support.
*
* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the
* `compress` program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF
* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation
* uses NetBSD's `zopen` to partially uncompress the file on the fly (see
* `src/lzw/ftgzip.c`).
*
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
/**************************************************************************
*
* Gzip-compressed file support.
*
* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the
* `gzip` program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files
* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses 'zlib' to partially
* uncompress the file on the fly (see `src/gzip/ftgzip.c`).
*
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'. See also the
* macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB` below.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
/**************************************************************************
*
* ZLib library selection
*
* This macro is only used when `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB` is defined.
* It allows FreeType's 'ftgzip' component to link to the system's
* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like
* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available.
*
* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy of the
* zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be included
* directly within the component and **not** export external function
* names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType _and_ ZLib
* without linking conflicts.
*
* Do not `#undef` this macro here since the build system might define
* it for certain configurations only.
*
* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,
* options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value
* here with the configured one.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB
/**************************************************************************
*
* Bzip2-compressed file support.
*
* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the
* `bzip2` program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files
* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2` to partially
* uncompress the file on the fly (see `src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c`). Contrary
* to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use the system
* available bzip2 implementation.
*
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.
*
* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,
* options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value
* here with the configured one.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, `FILE`,
* `fopen`, etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded
* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without file
* stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not necessary
* such as memory loading of font files.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */
/**************************************************************************
*
* PNG bitmap support.
*
* FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format.
* This requires help from the external libpng library. Uncompressed
* color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be supported
* regardless of this configuration.
*
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.
*
* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,
* options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value
* here with the configured one.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG */
/**************************************************************************
*
* HarfBuzz support.
*
* FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of OpenType
* fonts. If available, many glyphs not directly addressable by a font's
* character map will be hinted also.
*
* Define this macro if you want to enable this 'feature'.
*
* If you use a build system like cmake or the `configure` script,
* options set by those programs have precedence, overwriting the value
* here with the configured one.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Glyph Postscript Names handling
*
* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the 'psnames' module. This
* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a Unicode
* value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the use with the
* TrueType 'post' table.
*
* Undefine this macro if you do not want 'psnames' compiled in your
* build of FreeType. This has the following effects:
*
* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, if you
* build it to support postscript names in the TrueType 'post' table,
* but will not synthesize a missing Unicode charmap.
*
* - The Type~1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode charmap
* out of the glyphs found in the fonts.
*
* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building a
* version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type~1 or CFF driver.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/**************************************************************************
*
* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support
*
* By default, FreeType~2 is built with the 'psnames' module compiled in.
* Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name into a
* Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to synthesize on
* the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type~1 driver through a big
* table named the 'Adobe Glyph List' (AGL).
*
* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List compiled
* in your 'psnames' module. The Type~1 driver will not be able to
* synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
/**************************************************************************
*
* Support for Mac fonts
*
* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac format
* (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac resource) on
* non-Mac platforms.
*
* Note that the 'FOND' resource isn't checked.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
/**************************************************************************
*
* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks
*
* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g., GNU/Linux).
*
* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in
* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases,
* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In
* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different from
* what the user specifies. If this option is activated, FreeType tries
* to guess whether such offsets or different file names must be used.
*
* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via
* the `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS` option.
*/
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* Allow the use of `FT_Incremental_Interface` to load typefaces that
* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. This is
* required by clients supporting document formats which supply font data
* incrementally as the document is parsed, such as the Ghostscript
* interpreter for the PostScript language.
*/
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
/**************************************************************************
*
* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter to
* do all of its work.
*/
#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
/**************************************************************************
*
* FT_MAX_MODULES
*
* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single
* FreeType library object. 32~is the default.
*/
#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
/**************************************************************************
*
* Debug level
*
* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode,
* errors are reported through the 'ftdebug' component. In trace mode,
* additional messages are sent to the standard output during execution.
*
* Define `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` to build the library in debug mode.
* Define `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE` to build it in trace mode.
*
* Don't define any of these macros to compile in 'release' mode!
*
* Do not `#undef` these macros here since the build system might define
* them for certain configurations only.
*/
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Autofitter debugging
*
* If `FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT` is defined, FreeType provides some means to
* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global
* boolean variables (consequently, you should **never** enable this
* while compiling in 'release' mode):
*
* ```
* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints
* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints
* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints
* ```
*
* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various
* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf`):
*
* ```
* af_glyph_hints_dump_points
* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments
* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges
* af_glyph_hints_get_num_segments
* af_glyph_hints_get_segment_offset
* ```
*
* As an argument, they use another global variable:
*
* ```
* _af_debug_hints
* ```
*
* Please have a look at the `ftgrid` demo program to see how those
* variables and macros should be used.
*
* Do not `#undef` these macros here since the build system might define
* them for certain configurations only.
*/
/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Memory Debugging
*
* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is capable
* of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double deletes. To
* compile it within your build of the library, you should define
* `FT_DEBUG_MEMORY` here.
*
* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when when
* the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY` is defined also!
*
* Do not `#undef` this macro here since the build system might define it
* for certain configurations only.
*/
/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Module errors
*
* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte of
* an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, while
* the lower byte is the real error code.
*
* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since it
* would break source compatibility of certain programs that use
* FreeType~2.
*
* More details can be found in the files `ftmoderr.h` and `fterrors.h`.
*/
#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
/**************************************************************************
*
* Error Strings
*
* If this macro is set, `FT_Error_String` will return meaningful
* descriptions. This is not enabled by default to reduce the overall
* size of FreeType.
*
* More details can be found in the file `fterrors.h`.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ERROR_STRINGS */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS` if you want to support
* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the 'sfnt' module (namely
* TrueType~& OpenType).
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS` if you want to support coloured
* outlines (from the 'COLR'/'CPAL' tables) in all formats using the 'sfnt'
* module (namely TrueType~& OpenType).
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COLOR_LAYERS
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES` if you want to be able to
* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or OpenType
* file.
*
* Note that when you do not compile the 'psnames' module by undefining the
* above `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES`, the 'sfnt' module will
* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font.
*
* (By default, the module uses 'psnames' to extract glyph names.)
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` if your applications need to access
* the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType or
* OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to describe the
* font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It does not contain
* any glyph name though.
*
* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in
* `ftsnames.h`.
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
/**************************************************************************
*
* TrueType CMap support
*
* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be
* supported.
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER` if you want to compile a
* bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver.
*
* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load
* TrueType glyphs without hinting.
*
* Do not `#undef` this macro here, since the build system might define it
* for certain configurations only.
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING` if you want to compile
* subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This modifies the
* TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but `FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO` is
* requested.
*
* In particular, it modifies the bytecode interpreter to interpret (or
* not) instructions in a certain way so that all TrueType fonts look like
* they do in a Windows ClearType (DirectWrite) environment. See [1] for a
* technical overview on what this means. See `ttinterp.h` for more
* details on the LEAN option.
*
* There are three possible values.
*
* Value 1:
* This value is associated with the 'Infinality' moniker, contributed by
* an individual nicknamed Infinality with the goal of making TrueType
* fonts render better than on Windows. A high amount of configurability
* and flexibility, down to rules for single glyphs in fonts, but also
* very slow. Its experimental and slow nature and the original
* developer losing interest meant that this option was never enabled in
* default builds.
*
* The corresponding interpreter version is v38.
*
* Value 2:
* The new default mode for the TrueType driver. The Infinality code
* base was stripped to the bare minimum and all configurability removed
* in the name of speed and simplicity. The configurability was mainly
* aimed at legacy fonts like 'Arial', 'Times New Roman', or 'Courier'.
* Legacy fonts are fonts that modify vertical stems to achieve clean
* black-and-white bitmaps. The new mode focuses on applying a minimal
* set of rules to all fonts indiscriminately so that modern and web
* fonts render well while legacy fonts render okay.
*
* The corresponding interpreter version is v40.
*
* Value 3:
* Compile both, making both v38 and v40 available (the latter is the
* default).
*
* By undefining these, you get rendering behavior like on Windows without
* ClearType, i.e., Windows XP without ClearType enabled and Win9x
* (interpreter version v35). Or not, depending on how much hinting blood
* and testing tears the font designer put into a given font. If you
* define one or both subpixel hinting options, you can switch between
* between v35 and the ones you define (using `FT_Property_Set`).
*
* This option requires `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER` to be
* defined.
*
* [1]
* https://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx
*/
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING 1 */
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING 2
/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING ( 1 | 2 ) */
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED` to compile the
* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle
* component offsets in composite glyphs.
*
* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets in
* composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling
* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) while
* MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the composite
* flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old fonts will not
* have them.
*
* https://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm
* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TrueType-Reference-Manual/RM06/Chap6glyf.html
*/
#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT` if you want to include support
* for Apple's distortable font technology ('fvar', 'gvar', 'cvar', and
* 'avar' tables). Tagged 'Font Variations', this is now part of OpenType
* also. This has many similarities to Type~1 Multiple Masters support.
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF` if you want to include support for an
* embedded 'BDF~' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats.
*/
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
/**************************************************************************
*
* Option `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES` controls the maximum
* number of bytecode instructions executed for a single run of the
* bytecode interpreter, needed to prevent infinite loops. You don't want
* to change this except for very special situations (e.g., making a
* library fuzzer spend less time to handle broken fonts).
*
* It is not expected that this value is ever modified by a configuring
* script; instead, it gets surrounded with `#ifndef ... #endif` so that
* the value can be set as a preprocessor option on the compiler's command
* line.
*/
#ifndef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES
#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAX_RUNNABLE_OPCODES 1000000L
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* `T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH` is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and arrays
* in the Type~1 stream (see `t1load.c`). A minimum of~4 is required.
*/
#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
/**************************************************************************
*
* `T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS` details the maximum number of nested sub-routine
* calls during glyph loading.
*/
#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
/**************************************************************************
*
* `T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS` is the charstring stack's capacity. A
* minimum of~16 is required.
*
* The Chinese font 'MingTiEG-Medium' (covering the CNS 11643 character
* set) needs 256.
*/
#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the compilation
* of the 't1afm' module, which is in charge of reading Type~1 AFM files
* into an existing face. Note that if set, the Type~1 driver will be
* unable to produce kerning distances.
*/
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
/**************************************************************************
*
* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the compilation
* of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type~1 driver.
*/
#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
/**************************************************************************
*
* `T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE` controls whether the pre-Adobe Type~1
* engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to
* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine` property of
* the 'type1' driver module.
*/
/* #define T1_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** C F F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* Using `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4}` it is
* possible to set up the default values of the four control points that
* define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine. For more
* details please read the documentation of the `darkening-parameters`
* property (file `ftdriver.h`), which allows the control at run-time.
*
* Do **not** undefine these macros!
*/
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 500
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 400
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 1000
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 1667
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 275
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 2333
#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 0
/**************************************************************************
*
* `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE` controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF engine
* gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to switch
* between the two engines using the `hinting-engine` property of the 'cff'
* driver module.
*/
/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** P C F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* There are many PCF fonts just called 'Fixed' which look completely
* different, and which have nothing to do with each other. When selecting
* 'Fixed' in KDE or Gnome one gets results that appear rather random, the
* style changes often if one changes the size and one cannot select some
* fonts at all. This option makes the 'pcf' module prepend the foundry
* name (plus a space) to the family name.
*
* We also check whether we have 'wide' characters; all put together, we
* get family names like 'Sony Fixed' or 'Misc Fixed Wide'.
*
* If this option is activated, it can be controlled with the
* `no-long-family-names` property of the 'pcf' driver module.
*/
/* #define PCF_CONFIG_OPTION_LONG_FAMILY_NAMES */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**** ****/
/**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
/**** ****/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* Compile 'autofit' module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script
* support.
*/
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
/**************************************************************************
*
* Compile 'autofit' module with fallback Indic script support, covering
* some scripts that the 'latin' submodule of the 'autofit' module doesn't
* (yet) handle.
*/
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
/**************************************************************************
*
* Compile 'autofit' module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping
* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension so
* that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the grid. To
* find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter
* combinations are tried and scored.
*
* You can switch warping on and off with the `warping` property of the
* auto-hinter (see file `ftdriver.h` for more information; by default it
* is switched off).
*
* This experimental option is not active if the rendering mode is
* `FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT`.
*/
#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER
/**************************************************************************
*
* Use TrueType-like size metrics for 'light' auto-hinting.
*
* It is strongly recommended to avoid this option, which exists only to
* help some legacy applications retain its appearance and behaviour with
* respect to auto-hinted TrueType fonts.
*
* The very reason this option exists at all are GNU/Linux distributions
* like Fedora that did not un-patch the following change (which was
* present in FreeType between versions 2.4.6 and 2.7.1, inclusive).
*
* ```
* 2011-07-16 Steven Chu <steven.f.chu@gmail.com>
*
* [truetype] Fix metrics on size request for scalable fonts.
* ```
*
* This problematic commit is now reverted (more or less).
*/
/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_TT_SIZE_METRICS */
/* */
/*
* This macro is obsolete. Support has been removed in FreeType version
* 2.5.
*/
/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
/*
* The next three macros are defined if native TrueType hinting is
* requested by the definitions above. Don't change this.
*/
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING
#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 1
#define TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_INFINALITY
#endif
#if TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING & 2
#define TT_SUPPORT_SUBPIXEL_HINTING_MINIMAL
#endif
#endif
#endif
/*
* Check CFF darkening parameters. The checks are the same as in function
* `cff_property_set` in file `cffdrivr.c`.
*/
#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 > \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 || \
\
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \
CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500
#error "Invalid CFF darkening parameters!"
#endif
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOPTION_H_ */
/* END */

175
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftstdlib.h
*
* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification
* only).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2019 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file is used to group all `#includes` to the ANSI~C library that
* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the
* standard functions within the FreeType source code.
*
* Load a file which defines `FTSTDLIB_H_` before this one to override it.
*
*/
#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_
#define FTSTDLIB_H_
#include <stddef.h>
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
/**************************************************************************
*
* integer limits
*
* `UINT_MAX` and `ULONG_MAX` are used to automatically compute the size of
* `int` and `long` in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works for all
* platforms the library has been tested on.
*
* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide integer
* types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32~bits wide (e.g., some old Crays where
* `int` is 36~bits), we do not make any guarantee about the correct
* behaviour of FreeType~2 with all fonts.
*
* In these cases, `ftconfig.h` will refuse to compile anyway with a
* message like 'couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar.
*
*/
#include <limits.h>
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
#define FT_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
#define FT_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
/**************************************************************************
*
* character and string processing
*
*/
#include <string.h>
#define ft_memchr memchr
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
#define ft_memmove memmove
#define ft_memset memset
#define ft_strcat strcat
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
#define ft_strlen strlen
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
#define ft_strstr strstr
/**************************************************************************
*
* file handling
*
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#define FT_FILE FILE
#define ft_fclose fclose
#define ft_fopen fopen
#define ft_fread fread
#define ft_fseek fseek
#define ft_ftell ftell
#define ft_sprintf sprintf
/**************************************************************************
*
* sorting
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define ft_qsort qsort
/**************************************************************************
*
* memory allocation
*
*/
#define ft_scalloc calloc
#define ft_sfree free
#define ft_smalloc malloc
#define ft_srealloc realloc
/**************************************************************************
*
* miscellaneous
*
*/
#define ft_strtol strtol
#define ft_getenv getenv
/**************************************************************************
*
* execution control
*
*/
#include <setjmp.h>
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
/* `jmp_buf` is defined as a macro */
/* on certain platforms */
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
/* The following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
/* `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` or `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE` are defined. */
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */
/* END */

4272
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/freetype.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

42
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ft2build.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ft2build.h */
/* */
/* FreeType 2 build and setup macros. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This is the `entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions. It is */
/* the only header file which should be included directly; all other */
/* FreeType header files should be accessed with macro names (after */
/* including `ft2build.h'). */
/* */
/* A typical example is */
/* */
/* #include <ft2build.h> */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FT2BUILD_H_
#define FT2BUILD_H_
#include "config/ftheader.h"
#endif /* FT2BUILD_H_ */
/* END */

187
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftadvanc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftadvanc.h */
/* */
/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2008-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTADVANC_H_
#define FTADVANC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @order:
* FT_Get_Advance
* FT_Get_Advances
*
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Const> */
/* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
/* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
/* */
/* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
/* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
/* quick advance computation. */
/* */
/* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
/* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
/* quickly. */
/* */
/* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, */
/* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
/* comparison. */
/* */
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advance */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* gindex :: The glyph index. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
/* of advances you need. */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on */
/* the value of `load_flags'), the advance value is in */
/* 16.16 format. Otherwise, it is in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
/* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
/* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advances */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* start :: The first glyph index. */
/* */
/* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance values. This array, to be provided by the */
/* caller, must contain at least `count' elements. */
/* */
/* If scaling is performed (based on the value of */
/* `load_flags'), the advance values are in 16.16 format. */
/* Otherwise, they are in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
/* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
/* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
/* @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */
/* END */

503
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftautoh.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftautoh.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2012-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTAUTOH_H_
#define FTAUTOH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* auto_hinter
*
* @title:
* The auto-hinter
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the auto-hinting module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself,
* it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
* @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for
* historical reasons.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* glyph-to-script-map
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs.
* Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is
* auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and
* the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see
* below.
*
* OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than
* character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.),
* to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features
* can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of
* FreeType.
*
* The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter
* sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an
* array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face
* structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to
* this array, which can be modified as needed. Note that the
* modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by
* the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes
* actually uses the modified mapping.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting
* the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
* FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
*
* prop.face = face;
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter",
* "glyph-to-script-map", &prop );
*
* // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here
*
* FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT );
* }
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to
* specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a
* particular glyph.
*
* @values:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE ::
* Don't auto-hint this glyph.
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN ::
* Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a
* very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters
* from those scripts share the same design constraints.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters)
* U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters)
* U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A
* U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B
* U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions
* U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters
* U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks
* U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic
* U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic
* U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement
* U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions
* U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement
* U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
* U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional
* U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended
* U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation
* U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts
* U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols
* U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms
* U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics
* U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C
* U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A
* U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation
* U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B
* U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D
* U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures)
* U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
* U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement
* }
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK ::
* Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old
* Vietnamese, and some other scripts.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo
* U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement
* U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals
* U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters
* U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation
* U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana
* U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana
* U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo
* U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo
* U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun
* U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended
* U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes
* U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
* U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
* U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility
* U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
* U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols
* U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs
* U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A
* U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables
* U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B
* U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs
* U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms
* U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms
* U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
* U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement
* U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols
* U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement
* U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B
* U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C
* U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D
* U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement
* }
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC ::
* Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the
* Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao,
* or Tibetan.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range
* U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan
* U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu
* U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese
* U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak
* U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri
* U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada
* }
*
* Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue
* zone support.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_
{
FT_Face face;
FT_UShort* map;
} FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* fallback-script
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a
* fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the
* @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is
* @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property,
* this fallback value can be changed.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "fallback-script", &fallback_script );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
* creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the
* fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
* face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
* any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
* an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
* auto-hinter), a change of the fallback script will affect this face.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* default-script
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If FreeType gets compiled with FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ to make
* the HarfBuzz library access OpenType features for getting better
* glyph coverages, this property sets the (auto-fitter) script to be
* used for the default (OpenType) script data of a font's GSUB table.
* Features for the default script are intended for all scripts not
* explicitly handled in GSUB; an example is a `dlig' feature,
* containing the combination of the characters `T', `E', and `L' to
* form a `TEL' ligature.
*
* By default, this is @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN. Using the
* `default-script' property, this default value can be changed.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt default_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "default-script", &default_script );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
* creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the
* default script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
* face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
* any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
* an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
* auto-hinter), a change of the default script will affect this face.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* increase-x-height
*
* @description:
* For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round
* up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value
* is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use
* this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if
* necessary.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
* FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
* FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 );
*
* prop.face = face;
* prop.limit = 14;
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "increase-x-height", &prop );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before
* loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter).
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight
*
* @description:
* The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_
{
FT_Face face;
FT_UInt limit;
} FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* warping
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If FreeType gets compiled with option AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER to
* activate the warp hinting code in the auto-hinter, this property
* switches warping on and off.
*
* Warping only works in `light' auto-hinting mode. The idea of the
* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph along the non-hinted
* dimension (which is usually the horizontal axis) so that as much of
* its segments are aligned (more or less) to the grid. To find out a
* glyph's optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter
* combinations are tried and scored.
*
* By default, warping is off. The example below shows how to switch on
* warping (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Bool warping = 1;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "warping", &warping );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* The warping code can also change advance widths. Have a look at the
* `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta' fields in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure
* for details on improving inter-glyph distances while rendering.
*
* Since warping is a global property of the auto-hinter it is best to
* change its value before rendering any face. Otherwise, you should
* reload all faces that get auto-hinted in `light' hinting mode.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* no-stem-darkening[autofit]
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only,* *requires* *linear* *alpha* *blending* *and*
* *gamma* *correction*
*
* Stem darkening emboldens glyphs at smaller sizes to make them more
* readable on common low-DPI screens when using linear alpha blending
* and gamma correction, see @FT_Render_Glyph. When not using linear
* alpha blending and gamma correction, glyphs will appear heavy and
* fuzzy!
*
* Gamma correction essentially lightens fonts since shades of grey are
* shifted to higher pixel values (=~higher brightness) to match the
* original intention to the reality of our screens. The side-effect is
* that glyphs `thin out'. Mac OS~X and Adobe's proprietary font
* rendering library implement a counter-measure: stem darkening at
* smaller sizes where shades of gray dominate. By emboldening a glyph
* slightly in relation to its pixel size, individual pixels get higher
* coverage of filled-in outlines and are therefore `blacker'. This
* counteracts the `thinning out' of glyphs, making text remain readable
* at smaller sizes. All glyphs that pass through the auto-hinter will
* be emboldened unless this property is set to TRUE.
*
* See the description of the CFF driver for algorithmic details. Total
* consistency with the CFF driver is currently not achieved because the
* emboldening method differs and glyphs must be scaled down on the
* Y-axis to keep outline points inside their precomputed blue zones.
* The smaller the size (especially 9ppem and down), the higher the loss
* of emboldening versus the CFF driver.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* darkening-parameters[autofit]
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* See the description of the CFF driver for details. This
* implementation appropriates the
* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_* #defines for consistency.
* Note the differences described in @no-stem-darkening[autofit].
*
*/
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTAUTOH_H_ */
/* END */

101
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbbox.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbbox.h */
/* */
/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
/* boxes. */
/* */
/* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
/* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBBOX_H_
#define FTBBOX_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
/* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
/* algorithm that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
/* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */
/* extract their extrema. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

210
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbdf.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbdf.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBDF_H_
#define FTBDF_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BDF and PCF Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* BDF and PCF specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
/* and PCF fonts. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* BDF_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
* BDF/PCF property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be
* NULL, indicating an empty string.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
* the BDF specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* name :: The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty :: The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */
/* END */

240
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbitmap.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbitmap.h */
/* */
/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_
#define FTBITMAP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Bitmap Handling */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's `flow' (as */
/* indicated by the sign of the `pitch' field in `FT_Bitmap'). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Init */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
/* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
/* borders are kept unchanged. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
/* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
/* */
/* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
/* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
/* */
/* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format */
/* are converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp */
/* to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used */
/* bytes line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: The source bitmap. */
/* */
/* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
/* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: The target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
/* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
/* */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: The glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function is to be used in combination with */
/* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */
/* END */

102
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftbzip2.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbzip2.h */
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2010-2016 by */
/* Joel Klinghed. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_
#define FTBZIP2_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bzip2 */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BZIP2 Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream
* from it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */
/* END */

1057
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftcache.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

262
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftcffdrv.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcffdrv.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the CFF driver (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2013-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCFFDRV_H_
#define FTCFFDRV_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* cff_driver
*
* @title:
* The CFF driver
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the CFF driver module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself,
* it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
* @FT_Property_Get. The list below gives the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* The CFF driver's module name is `cff'.
*
* *Hinting* *and* *antialiasing* *principles* *of* *the* *new* *engine*
*
* The rasterizer is positioning horizontal features (e.g., ascender
* height & x-height, or crossbars) on the pixel grid and minimizing the
* amount of antialiasing applied to them, while placing vertical
* features (vertical stems) on the pixel grid without hinting, thus
* representing the stem position and weight accurately. Sometimes the
* vertical stems may be only partially black. In this context,
* `antialiasing' means that stems are not positioned exactly on pixel
* borders, causing a fuzzy appearance.
*
* There are two principles behind this approach.
*
* 1) No hinting in the horizontal direction: Unlike `superhinted'
* TrueType, which changes glyph widths to accommodate regular
* inter-glyph spacing, Adobe's approach is `faithful to the design' in
* representing both the glyph width and the inter-glyph spacing
* designed for the font. This makes the screen display as close as it
* can be to the result one would get with infinite resolution, while
* preserving what is considered the key characteristics of each glyph.
* Note that the distances between unhinted and grid-fitted positions at
* small sizes are comparable to kerning values and thus would be
* noticeable (and distracting) while reading if hinting were applied.
*
* One of the reasons to not hint horizontally is antialiasing for LCD
* screens: The pixel geometry of modern displays supplies three
* vertical sub-pixels as the eye moves horizontally across each visible
* pixel. On devices where we can be certain this characteristic is
* present a rasterizer can take advantage of the sub-pixels to add
* increments of weight. In Western writing systems this turns out to
* be the more critical direction anyway; the weights and spacing of
* vertical stems (see above) are central to Armenian, Cyrillic, Greek,
* and Latin type designs. Even when the rasterizer uses greyscale
* antialiasing instead of color (a necessary compromise when one
* doesn't know the screen characteristics), the unhinted vertical
* features preserve the design's weight and spacing much better than
* aliased type would.
*
* 2) Aligment in the vertical direction: Weights and spacing along the
* y~axis are less critical; what is much more important is the visual
* alignment of related features (like cap-height and x-height). The
* sense of alignment for these is enhanced by the sharpness of grid-fit
* edges, while the cruder vertical resolution (full pixels instead of
* 1/3 pixels) is less of a problem.
*
* On the technical side, horizontal alignment zones for ascender,
* x-height, and other important height values (traditionally called
* `blue zones') as defined in the font are positioned independently,
* each being rounded to the nearest pixel edge, taking care of
* overshoot suppression at small sizes, stem darkening, and scaling.
*
* Hstems (this is, hint values defined in the font to help align
* horizontal features) that fall within a blue zone are said to be
* `captured' and are aligned to that zone. Uncaptured stems are moved
* in one of four ways, top edge up or down, bottom edge up or down.
* Unless there are conflicting hstems, the smallest movement is taken
* to minimize distortion.
*
* @order:
* hinting-engine
* no-stem-darkening[cff]
* darkening-parameters[cff]
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* hinting-engine
*
* @description:
* Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing)
* engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe' if
* compiled with CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE. If this configuration
* macro isn't defined, `hinting-engine' does nothing.
*
* The default engine is `freetype' if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE is
* defined, and `adobe' otherwise.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting
* engine (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_CFF_HINTING_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select
* the hinting engine for CFF fonts.
*
* @values:
* FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE ::
* Use the old FreeType hinting engine.
*
* FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE ::
* Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE 0
#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE 1
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* no-stem-darkening[cff]
*
* @description:
* By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems at smaller sizes,
* regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. This feature requires
* a rendering system with proper gamma correction. Setting this
* property, stem darkening gets switched off.
*
* Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Bool no_stem_darkening = TRUE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* darkening-parameters[cff]
*
* @description:
* By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems as follows (if the
* `no-stem-darkening' property isn't set):
*
* {
* stem width <= 0.5px: darkening amount = 0.4px
* stem width = 1px: darkening amount = 0.275px
* stem width = 1.667px: darkening amount = 0.275px
* stem width >= 2.333px: darkening amount = 0px
* }
*
* and piecewise linear in-between. At configuration time, these four
* control points can be set with the macro
* `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETERS'. At runtime, the control
* points can be changed using the `darkening-parameters' property, as
* the following example demonstrates.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Int darken_params[8] = { 500, 300, // x1, y1
* 1000, 200, // x2, y2
* 1500, 100, // x3, y3
* 2000, 0 }; // x4, y4
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "darkening-parameters", darken_params );
* }
*
* The x~values give the stem width, and the y~values the darkening
* amount. The unit is 1000th of pixels. All coordinate values must be
* positive; the x~values must be monotonically increasing; the
* y~values must be monotonically decreasing and smaller than or
* equal to 500 (corresponding to half a pixel); the slope of each
* linear piece must be shallower than -1 (e.g., -.4).
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCFFDRV_H_ */
/* END */

135
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftchapters.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */
/* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* general_remarks */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* General Remarks */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* header_inclusion */
/* user_allocation */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* core_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Core API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* version */
/* basic_types */
/* base_interface */
/* glyph_variants */
/* glyph_management */
/* mac_specific */
/* sizes_management */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* format_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Format-Specific API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* truetype_tables */
/* type1_tables */
/* sfnt_names */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* cid_fonts */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* font_formats */
/* gasp_table */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* module_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Controlling FreeType Modules */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* auto_hinter */
/* cff_driver */
/* tt_driver */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Cache Sub-System */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* support_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Support API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* computations */
/* list_processing */
/* outline_processing */
/* quick_advance */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* raster */
/* glyph_stroker */
/* system_interface */
/* module_management */
/* gzip */
/* lzw */
/* bzip2 */
/* lcd_filtering */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* error_codes */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Codes */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* error_enumerations */
/* error_code_values */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/

168
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftcid.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcid.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007-2016 by */
/* Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTCID_H_
#define FTCID_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* cid_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* CID Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* CID-keyed font specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* registry ::
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* ordering ::
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* supplement ::
* The supplement.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.6
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
const char* *registry,
const char* *ordering,
FT_Int *supplement);
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In
* constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
* successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* is_cid ::
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
FT_Bool *is_cid );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The input glyph index.
*
* @output:
* cid ::
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_UInt *cid );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCID_H_ */
/* END */

276
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fterrdef.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrdef.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error codes (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* error_code_values */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Code Values */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h' */
/* (loaded automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H'). The first */
/* argument of the `FT_ERROR_DEF_' macro is the error label; by */
/* default, the prefix `FT_Err_' gets added so that you get error */
/* names like `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource'. The second argument is */
/* the error code, and the last argument an error string, which is not */
/* used by FreeType. */
/* */
/* Within your application you should *only* use error names and */
/* *never* its numeric values! The latter might (and actually do) */
/* change in forthcoming FreeType versions. */
/* */
/* Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_' defines `FT_Err_Ok', which is always zero. */
/* See the `Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically */
/* generate a list of error strings. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Err_XXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* generic errors */
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00,
"no error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01,
"cannot open resource" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02,
"unknown file format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03,
"broken file" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04,
"invalid FreeType version" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05,
"module version is too low" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06,
"invalid argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07,
"unimplemented feature" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08,
"broken table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09,
"broken offset within table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A,
"array allocation size too large" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B,
"missing module" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C,
"missing property" )
/* glyph/character errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10,
"invalid glyph index" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11,
"invalid character code" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12,
"unsupported glyph image format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13,
"cannot render this glyph format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14,
"invalid outline" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15,
"invalid composite glyph" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16,
"too many hints" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17,
"invalid pixel size" )
/* handle errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20,
"invalid object handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21,
"invalid library handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22,
"invalid module handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23,
"invalid face handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24,
"invalid size handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25,
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26,
"invalid charmap handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27,
"invalid cache manager handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28,
"invalid stream handle" )
/* driver errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30,
"too many modules" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31,
"too many extensions" )
/* memory errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40,
"out of memory" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41,
"unlisted object" )
/* stream errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51,
"cannot open stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52,
"invalid stream seek" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53,
"invalid stream skip" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54,
"invalid stream read" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55,
"invalid stream operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56,
"invalid frame operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57,
"nested frame access" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58,
"invalid frame read" )
/* raster errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60,
"raster uninitialized" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61,
"raster corrupted" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62,
"raster overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63,
"negative height while rastering" )
/* cache errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70,
"too many registered caches" )
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80,
"invalid opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81,
"too few arguments" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82,
"stack overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83,
"code overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84,
"bad argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85,
"division by zero" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86,
"invalid reference" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87,
"found debug opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88,
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89,
"nested DEFS" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A,
"invalid code range" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B,
"execution context too long" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C,
"too many function definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D,
"too many instruction definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E,
"SFNT font table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F,
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90,
"locations (loca) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91,
"name table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92,
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93,
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94,
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95,
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96,
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97,
"invalid ppem value" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98,
"invalid vertical metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99,
"could not find context" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A,
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B,
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0,
"opcode syntax error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1,
"argument stack underflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2,
"ignore" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3,
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4,
"glyph too big for hinting" )
/* BDF errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0,
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1,
"`FONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2,
"`SIZE' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3,
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4,
"`CHARS' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5,
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6,
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7,
"`BBX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8,
"`BBX' too big" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9,
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA,
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
/* */
/* END */

226
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fterrors.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrors.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* error_enumerations */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Enumerations */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to handle errors and error strings. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The header file `fterrors.h' (which is automatically included by */
/* `freetype.h' defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration */
/* constants. It can also be used to generate error message strings */
/* with a small macro trick explained below. */
/* */
/* *Error* *Formats* */
/* */
/* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */
/* defined in `ftoption.h' in order to make the higher byte indicate */
/* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */
/* with standard builds of FreeType&nbsp;2, however). See the file */
/* `ftmoderr.h' for more details. */
/* */
/* *Error* *Message* *Strings* */
/* */
/* Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client */
/* applications to build a table of error message strings. The */
/* strings are not included in a normal build of FreeType&nbsp;2 to */
/* save space (most client applications do not use them). */
/* */
/* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_START_LIST */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */
/* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro is called to define one single error. `e' is the error */
/* code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument'), `v' is the error's */
/* numerical value, and `s' is the corresponding error string. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_END_LIST */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro ends the list. */
/* */
/* Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_' before #including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* Here is a simple example. */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef FTERRORS_H_ */
/* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */
/* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, NULL } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int err_code; */
/* const char* err_msg; */
/* } ft_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok' is _not_ defined with `FT_ERRORDEF' but with */
/* `FT_NOERRORDEF'; it is always zero. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__'. However, */
/* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name */
/* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the */
/* current form. In spite of this, we have to make */
/* */
/* #undefine __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* */
/* work for backwards compatibility. */
/* */
#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) )
#define FTERRORS_H_
#define __FTERRORS_H__
/* include module base error codes */
#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
#endif
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif
#else
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
/* enumeration type. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
/* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif
/* now include the error codes */
#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif
#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */
/* END */

95
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftfntfmt.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftfntfmt.h */
/* */
/* Support functions for font formats. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_
#define FTFNTFMT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* font_formats */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Font Formats */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Getting the font format. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */
/* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */
/* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */
/* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Font_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a string describing the format of a given face. Possible */
/* values are `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', */
/* `CID~Type~1', `CFF', `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */
/* */
/* The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: */
/* Input face handle. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is */
/* `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */
/* END */

129
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftgasp.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgasp.h */
/* */
/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGASP_H_
#define FTGASP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gasp_table
*
* @title:
* Gasp Table
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
*
* @description:
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
* font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is
* mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
* bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
*/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_GASP_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
* function.
*
* @values:
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
* This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
* is not set, no hinting gets applied.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
* If not set, do monochrome rendering.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
* If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
*
* @note:
* The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be
* used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
* `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to
* be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and
* `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored).
*
* `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
* protected by patents.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10
/*************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_Gasp
*
* @description:
* Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
* return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
*
* @input:
* face :: The source face handle.
* ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
*
* @return:
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
* `gasp' table in the face.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt ppem );
/* */
#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */
/* END */

605
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftglyph.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,605 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftglyph.h */
/* */
/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */
/* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */
/* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */
/* */
/* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */
/* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */
/* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_
#define FTGLYPH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* glyph_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Glyph Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */
/* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */
/* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* forward declaration to a private type */
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */
/* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */
/* bitmap or pointer. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */
/* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */
/* @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_GlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */
/* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */
/* */
/* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */
/* */
/* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
{
FT_Library library;
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
FT_Glyph_Format format;
FT_Vector advance;
} FT_GlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */
/* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */
/* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */
/* from the current pen position to the left border of the */
/* glyph bitmap. */
/* */
/* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */
/* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */
/* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */
/* */
/* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */
/* the bitmap's contents easily. */
/* */
/* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Int left;
FT_Int top;
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */
/* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */
/* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */
/* the outline's content easily. */
/* */
/* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
/* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
/* */
/* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */
/* destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Outline outline;
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */
/* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */
/* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */
/* error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */
/* */
/* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */
/* advance vector. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_Matrix* matrix,
FT_Vector* delta );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */
/* Return unscaled font units. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */
/* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */
/* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */
/* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */
/* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
{
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode' values instead */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */
/* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* mode :: The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned */
/* bounding box values. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */
/* convention. */
/* */
/* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */
/* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */
/* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */
/* is another name for this constant. */
/* */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
/* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */
/* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */
/* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */
/* */
/* { */
/* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */
/* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */
/* which corresponds to: */
/* */
/* { */
/* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */
/* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */
/* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */
/* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */
/* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */
/* rendered. */
/* */
/* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */
/* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */
/* translation). The origin is expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixels. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */
/* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */
/* never destroyed in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */
/* */
/* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */
/* rendering. */
/* */
/* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
/* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */
/* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyph; */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */
/* */
/* */
/* // load glyph */
/* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */
/* */
/* // extract glyph image */
/* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */
/* */
/* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */
/* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */
/* { */
/* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */
/* 0, 1 ); */
/* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* // access bitmap content by typecasting */
/* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */
/* */
/* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* */
/* Here another example, again without error handling: */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */
/* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */
/* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
FT_Vector* origin,
FT_Bool destroy );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a given glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
/* */
/* other helpful functions */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix* b );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Invert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */
/* case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

357
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftgxval.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgxval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */
/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */
/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_
#define FTGXVAL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gx_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */
/* trak, prop, lcar). */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate */
/* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free */
/* */
/* FT_ClassicKern_Validate */
/* FT_ClassicKern_Free */
/* */
/* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH */
/* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX */
/* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */
/* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */
/* */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
*
* @description:
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
* for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
/* */
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
* Validate `feat' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
* Validate `mort' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
* Validate `morx' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
* Validate `bsln' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
* Validate `just' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
* Validate `kern' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
* Validate `opbd' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
* Validate `trak' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
* Validate `prop' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
* Validate `lcar' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
*
* table_length ::
* The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* should be passed.
*
* @output:
* tables ::
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
* The array itself must be allocated by a client.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
FT_UInt table_length );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
* to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected
* type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
* invalid.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
* Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
* and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* ckern_table ::
* A pointer to the kern table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */
/* END */

148
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftgzip.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgzip.h */
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTGZIP_H_
#define FTGZIP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gzip */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* GZIP Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using gzip-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
* it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Gzip_Uncompress
*
* @description:
* Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function
* is modeled after zlib's `uncompress' function.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A FreeType memory handle.
*
* input ::
* The input buffer.
*
* input_len ::
* The length of the input buffer.
*
* @output:
* output::
* The output buffer.
*
* @inout:
* output_len ::
* Before calling the function, this is the the total size of the
* output buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire
* uncompressed data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be
* known in advance). After calling the function, `output_len' is the
* size of the used data in `output'.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Byte* output,
FT_ULong* output_len,
const FT_Byte* input,
FT_ULong input_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */
/* END */

1214
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftimage.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

354
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftincrem.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftincrem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTINCREM_H_
#define FTINCREM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* incremental
*
* @title:
* Incremental Loading
*
* @abstract:
* Custom Glyph Loading.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
* `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application.
*
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
*
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
*
*/
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental
*
* @description:
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
* `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
* where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
* different values.
*
* @note:
* It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
* objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
* and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
*
* @description:
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
* by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
*
* @fields:
* bearing_x ::
* Left bearing, in font units.
*
* bearing_y ::
* Top bearing, in font units.
*
* advance ::
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* advance_v ::
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* @note:
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
* value of the `vertical' argument to the function
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
{
FT_Long bearing_x;
FT_Long bearing_y;
FT_Long advance;
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
* enabled.
*
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
* the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
* *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is
* undefined for any other format.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* @output:
* adata ::
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function returns successfully the method
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
* the data bytes.
*
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
* compound glyphs.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Data* adata );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* data ::
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
* as a read-only byte block).
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_Data* data );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
* before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
* formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
* the glyph images proper.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* vertical ::
* If true, return vertical metrics.
*
* ametrics ::
* This parameter is used for both input and output.
* The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are
* not available all the values must be set to zero.
*
* @output:
* ametrics ::
* The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Bool vertical,
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
*
* @description:
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
* incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
*
* @fields:
* get_glyph_data ::
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* free_glyph_data ::
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* get_glyph_metrics ::
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does
* not provide overriding glyph metrics.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
{
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
*
* @description:
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
* FT_Parameter parameter;
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
*
*
* // set up incremental descriptor
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
* inc_int.object = my_object;
*
* // set up optional parameter
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
*
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
* open_args.num_params = 1;
* open_args.params = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
*
* // open the font
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
* ...
* }
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
{
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
FT_Incremental object;
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_Interface
*
* @description:
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
*
*/
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
* an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */
/* END */

286
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftlcdfil.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlcdfil.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2006-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_
#define FTLCDFIL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lcd_filtering
*
* @title:
* LCD Filtering
*
* @abstract:
* Reduce color fringes of subpixel-rendered bitmaps.
*
* @description:
* Subpixel rendering exploits the color-striped structure of LCD
* pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of the
* stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3. Since these
* subpixels are color pixels, using them unfiltered creates severe
* color fringes. Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API to specify a
* low-pass filter, which is then applied to subpixel-rendered bitmaps
* generated through @FT_Render_Glyph. The filter sacrifices some of
* the higher resolution to reduce color fringes, making the glyph image
* slightly blurrier. Positional improvements will remain.
*
* Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
* *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to
* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
* in order to activate it and explicitly call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
* to enable it.
*
* A filter should have two properties:
*
* 1) It should be normalized, meaning the sum of the 5~components
* should be 256 (0x100). It is possible to go above or under this
* target sum, however: going under means tossing out contrast, going
* over means invoking clamping and thereby non-linearities that
* increase contrast somewhat at the expense of greater distortion
* and color-fringing. Contrast is better enhanced through stem
* darkening.
*
* 2) It should be color-balanced, meaning a filter `{~a, b, c, b, a~}'
* where a~+ b~=~c. It distributes the computed coverage for one
* subpixel to all subpixels equally, sacrificing some won resolution
* but drastically reducing color-fringing. Positioning improvements
* remain! Note that color-fringing can only really be minimized
* when using a color-balanced filter and alpha-blending the glyph
* onto a surface in linear space; see @FT_Render_Glyph.
*
* Regarding the form, a filter can be a `boxy' filter or a `beveled'
* filter. Boxy filters are sharper but are less forgiving of non-ideal
* gamma curves of a screen (viewing angles!), beveled filters are
* fuzzier but more tolerant.
*
* Examples:
*
* - [0x10 0x40 0x70 0x40 0x10] is beveled and neither balanced nor
* normalized.
*
* - [0x1A 0x33 0x4D 0x33 0x1A] is beveled and balanced but not
* normalized.
*
* - [0x19 0x33 0x66 0x4c 0x19] is beveled and normalized but not
* balanced.
*
* - [0x00 0x4c 0x66 0x4c 0x00] is boxily beveled and normalized but not
* balanced.
*
* - [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] is boxy, normalized, and almost
* balanced.
*
* - [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] is beveled, normalized and, almost
* balanced.
*
* The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
* @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char. It does _not_ affect the output
* of @FT_Outline_Render and @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
*
* If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
* either wider or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
* outline with regard to the pixel grid. For example, for
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 3~subpixels to the left, and
* 3~subpixels to the right. The bitmap offset values are adjusted
* accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout and
* glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.
*
* It is important to understand that linear alpha blending and gamma
* correction is critical for correctly rendering glyphs onto surfaces
* without artifacts and even more critical when subpixel rendering is
* involved.
*
* Each of the 3~alpha values (subpixels) is independently used to blend
* one color channel. That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the
* text color with the red channel of the background pixel. The
* distribution of density values by the color-balanced filter assumes
* alpha blending is done in linear space; only then color artifacts
* cancel out.
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_LcdFilter
*
* @description:
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
*
* @values:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
* The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
* of a slight blurriness in the output.
*
* It is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter
* that is more forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
* viewing angles. Note that while color-fringing is reduced, it can
* only be minimized by using linear alpha blending and gamma
* correction to render glyphs onto surfaces. The default filter
* weights are [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08].
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
* The light filter is a variant that is sharper at the cost of
* slightly more color fringes than the default one.
*
* It is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter that
* is less forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
* viewing angles. This filter works best when the rendering system
* uses linear alpha blending and gamma correction to render glyphs
* onto surfaces. The light filter weights are
* [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00].
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
* In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
* interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
*
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 ::
* For historical reasons, the FontConfig library returns a different
* enumeration value for legacy LCD filtering. To make code work that
* (incorrectly) forwards FontConfig's enumeration value to
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter without proper mapping, it is thus easiest
* to have another enumeration value, which is completely equal to
* `FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY'.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1' since 2.6.2)
*/
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
{
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
} FT_LcdFilter;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
*
* @description:
* This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* filter ::
* The filter type.
*
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
* well on most LCD screens.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
* explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
*
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
FT_LcdFilter filter );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
*
* @description:
* This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights,
* instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* weights ::
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
* uses them to specify the filter weights.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
unsigned char *weights );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */
/* END */

276
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftlist.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlist.h */
/* */
/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */
/* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLIST_H_
#define FTLIST_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* List Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Simple management of lists. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to list */
/* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_List */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find the list node for a given listed object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* data :: The address of the listed object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
void* data );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Append an element to the end of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to append. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Insert an element at the head of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to parent list. */
/* node :: The node to insert. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */
/* the node is in the list! */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The node to remove. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */
/* lists. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to move. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse */
/* by @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The current iteration list node. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
/* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */
/* returns a non-zero value. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
/* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the second */
/* argument to the iterator. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list */
/* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */
/* given list. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* system :: The current system object. */
/* */
/* data :: The current object to destroy. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */
/* be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
void* data,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */
/* of the list. Set this to NULL if not needed. */
/* */
/* memory :: The current memory object that handles deallocation. */
/* */
/* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the last */
/* argument to the destructor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */
/* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
FT_Memory memory,
void* user );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */
/* END */

99
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftlzw.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlzw.h */
/* */
/* LZW-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTLZW_H_
#define FTLZW_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* lzw */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* LZW Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using LZW-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream :: The target embedding stream.
*
* source :: The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
*
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
* and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */
/* END */

274
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmac.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmac.h */
/* */
/* Additional Mac-specific API. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* NOTE: Include this file after FT_FREETYPE_H and after any */
/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */
/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMAC_H_
#define FTMAC_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined(__GNUC__) && \
((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* mac_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Mac Specific Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Only available on the Macintosh. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */
/* compiled on a Macintosh. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fond :: A FOND resource. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */
/* case. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Notes> */
/* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */
/* that are installed in the system as follows. */
/* */
/* { */
/* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */
/* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
Handle fond,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */
/* Bold). */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */
/* name that is handled by ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */
/* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */
/* buffer before calling this function. */
/* */
/* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
UInt8* path,
UInt32 maxPathSize,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
const FSSpec *spec,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
const FSRef *ref,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */
/* END */

384
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmm.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmm.h */
/* */
/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMM_H_
#define FTMM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Multiple Masters */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */
/* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */
/* setting design axis coordinates. */
/* */
/* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */
/* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */
/* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */
/* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */
/* consistent interface makes sense. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Long minimum;
FT_Long maximum;
} FT_MM_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */
/* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */
/* allows for intermediate designs to be present. */
/* This number cannot exceed~16. */
/* */
/* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
} FT_Multi_Master;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* Not always meaningful for GX. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */
/* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */
/* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */
/* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */
/* `name'). */
/* Not meaningful for MM. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Fixed minimum;
FT_Fixed def;
FT_Fixed maximum;
FT_ULong tag;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Named_Style */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */
/* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
{
FT_Fixed* coords;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* or GX var distortable font. */
/* */
/* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */
/* MM; no limit in GX. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */
/* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */
/* (where every glyph could have a different */
/* number of designs). */
/* */
/* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
/* GX that allows certain design coordinates to */
/* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */
/* associated with them. The font can tell the */
/* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */
/* */
/* axis :: An axis descriptor table. */
/* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */
/* Memory management of this pointer is done */
/* internally by FreeType. */
/* */
/* namedstyle :: A named style table. */
/* Only meaningful with GX. */
/* Memory management of this pointer is done */
/* internally by FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
} FT_MM_Var;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */
/* Allocates a data structure, which the user must */
/* deallocate with `free' after use. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */
/* through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Long* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through normalized blend coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */
/* between 0 and 1.0). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMM_H_ */
/* END */

667
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmodapi.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,667 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmodapi.h */
/* */
/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_
#define FTMODAPI_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Module Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */
/* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */
/* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */
/* */
/* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */
/* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */
/* */
/* { */
/* autofitter */
/* bdf */
/* cff */
/* gxvalid */
/* otvalid */
/* pcf */
/* pfr */
/* psaux */
/* pshinter */
/* psnames */
/* raster1 */
/* sfnt */
/* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */
/* truetype */
/* type1 */
/* type42 */
/* t1cid */
/* winfonts */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Module */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* FT_Property_Set */
/* FT_Property_Get */
/* */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* FT_Renderer */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
/* scalable fonts */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
/* support vector outlines */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
/* own hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800 /* the driver's hinter */
/* produces LIGHT hints */
/* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to initialize. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to finalize. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to be searched. */
/* */
/* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */
/* */
typedef FT_Module_Interface
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
const char* name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */
/* */
/* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */
/* bytes. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The name of the module. */
/* */
/* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */
/* (major.minor). */
/* */
/* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */
/* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */
/* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */
/* */
/* module_init :: The initializing function. */
/* */
/* module_done :: The finalizing function. */
/* */
/* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
{
FT_ULong module_flags;
FT_Long module_size;
const FT_String* module_name;
FT_Fixed module_version;
FT_Fixed module_requires;
const void* module_interface;
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
} FT_Module_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add a new module to a given library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find a module by its name. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */
/* should look up the source code for details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
const char* module_name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a given module from a library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: A handle to a module object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
FT_Module module );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Set
*
* @description:
* Set a property for a given module.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
* subsection of the module's documentation.
*
* Note that only a few modules have properties.
*
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
* module's documentation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in
* module `foo' to value~1.
*
* {
* FT_UInt bar;
*
*
* bar = 1;
* FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
* }
*
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module
* property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache
* you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if
* a module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been
* called.
*
* It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set
* instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
const void* value );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Get
*
* @description:
* Get a module's property value.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
* subsection of the module's documentation.
*
* @inout:
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
* module's documentation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'.
*
* {
* typedef range_
* {
* FT_Int32 min;
* FT_Int32 max;
*
* } range;
*
* range baz;
*
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
* }
*
* It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
void* value );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */
/* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */
/* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
/* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */
/* */
/* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that */
/* reference @FT_Library objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a target library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.2 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */
/* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */
/* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. Note, */
/* however, that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain */
/* valid for the life of the @FT_Library object. */
/* */
/* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */
/* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */
/* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */
/* library instance. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Library *alibrary );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */
/* discards all resource objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the target library. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
/* format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */
/* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */
/* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */
/* */
/* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */
/* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */
/* */
/* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */
/* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */
/* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt hook_index,
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */
/* This is only useful when you create a library object with */
/* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_engine
*
* @title:
* The TrueType Engine
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType bytecode support.
*
* @description:
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
*
* @description:
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
* engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used
* by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
*
* @values:
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
* Deprecated and removed.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
* the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
* was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
{
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
*
* @description:
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
* the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A library instance.
*
* @return:
* A value indicating which level is supported.
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */
/* END */

194
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftmoderr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmoderr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */
/* */
/* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */
/* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */
/* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */
/* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */
/* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */
/* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */
/* including the high byte. */
/* */
/* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */
/* an error value is set to zero. */
/* */
/* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */
/* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR( err ) */
/* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */
/* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */
/* the line */
/* */
/* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */
/* */
/* expands to */
/* */
/* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */
/* */
/* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */
/* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */
/* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */
/* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */
/* and inequality, respectively. Example: */
/* */
/* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */
/* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */
/* the same as */
/* */
/* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */
/* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */
/* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */
/* */
/* */
/* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */
/* with something like */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef FTMODERR_H_ */
/* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */
/* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int mod_err_offset; */
/* const char* mod_err_msg */
/* } ft_mod_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTMODERR_H_
#define FTMODERR_H_
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */
/* END */

204
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftotval.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftotval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */
/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */
/* OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_
#define FTOTVAL_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* ot_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* OpenType Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate OpenType tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_OpenType_Validate */
/* FT_OpenType_Free */
/* */
/* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
* Validate BASE table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
* Validate GDEF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
* Validate GPOS table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
* Validate GSUB table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
* Validate JSTF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
* Validate MATH table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
FT_VALIDATE_MATH
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* BASE_table ::
* A pointer to the BASE table.
*
* GDEF_table ::
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
*
* GPOS_table ::
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
*
* GSUB_table ::
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
*
* JSTF_table ::
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
* validation.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */
/* END */

574
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftoutln.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoutln.h */
/* */
/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */
/* most scalable font formats (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_
#define FTOUTLN_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Outline Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
/* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */
/* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Outline */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* FT_Outline_Funcs */
/* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */
/* */
/* FT_Orientation */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation */
/* */
/* FT_OUTLINE_XXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */
/* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */
/* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */
/* */
/* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */
/* called during decomposition to indicate path */
/* operations. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* user :: A typeless pointer that is passed to each */
/* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */
/* used to store the state during the */
/* decomposition. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a */
/* `move to' operation followed by `line to' to the same point. In */
/* most cases, it is best to filter this out before using the */
/* outline for stroking purposes (otherwise it would result in a */
/* visible dot when round caps are used). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new outline of a given size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */
/* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */
/* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */
/* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
/* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */
/* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */
/* */
/* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */
/* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
/* to use the library's memory allocator. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */
/* outline. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */
/* descriptor will be released. */
/* */
/* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */
/* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */
/* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The outline's control box. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */
/* */
/* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xOffset,
FT_Pos yOffset );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */
/* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */
/* function is called. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
FT_Outline *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */
/* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */
/* outline's points. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */
/* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */
/* bottom borders as unchanged. */
/* */
/* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */
/* possible also. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */
/* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
/* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */
/* handled incorrectly. */
/* */
/* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */
/* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */
/* */
/* Example call: */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
/* if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with */
/* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos strength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */
/* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */
/* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */
/* directions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xstrength,
FT_Pos ystrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */
/* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */
/* the outline's `flags' field. */
/* */
/* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */
/* knows what it is doing. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */
/* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */
/* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */
/* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */
/* */
/* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */
/* */
/* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */
/* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */
/* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
/* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
/* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */
/* etc. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
/* describe the rendering operation. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
/* to use this function. */
/* */
/* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
/* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */
/* actually ignored. */
/* */
/* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */
/* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
/* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */
/* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Raster_Params* params );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Orientation
*
* @description:
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
*
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
*
* @values:
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
* be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
* must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
* the glyph have different orientation.
*
*/
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
{
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
} FT_Orientation;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* @description:
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
* fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating
* the total area covered by the outline. The positive integral
* corresponds to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT
* is returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise
* orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned.
*
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
* outlines.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @return:
* The orientation.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

172
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftpfr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftpfr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTPFR_H_
#define FTPFR_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* PFR Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
*
* @description:
* Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
*
* @input:
* face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
*
* @output:
* aoutline_resolution ::
* Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_resolution ::
* Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_x_scale ::
* A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
* in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to
* `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
* can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_y_scale ::
* Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
* optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
* However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
*
* @description:
* Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
* The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
* @FT_Get_Kerning.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* left :: Index of the left glyph.
*
* right :: Index of the right glyph.
*
* @output:
* avector :: A kerning vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
* units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
* mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
*
* You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
* returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt left,
FT_UInt right,
FT_Vector *avector );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Advance
*
* @description:
* Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
* from a PFR font.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* gindex :: The glyph index.
*
* @output:
* aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
* to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Pos *aadvance );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTPFR_H_ */
/* END */

232
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftrender.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftrender.h */
/* */
/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTRENDER_H_
#define FTRENDER_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_MODULE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* create a new glyph object */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* destroys a given glyph object */
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_BBox* abbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph target );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* deprecated */
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
struct FT_Glyph_Class_
{
FT_Long glyph_size;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
};
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_UInt mode,
const FT_Vector* origin );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_BBox* cbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_ULong mode_tag,
FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
/* deprecated identifiers */
#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The renderer module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */
/* */
/* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */
/* */
/* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */
/* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */
/* */
/* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
/* a given glyph slot. */
/* */
/* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */
/* */
/* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */
/* */
/* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */
/* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
{
FT_Module_Class root;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
} FT_Renderer_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* format :: The glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
/* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */
/* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */
/* */
/* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */
/* */
/* parameters :: Additional parameters. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */
/* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */
/* */
/* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */
/* */
/* Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters'; you */
/* should thus always pass NULL as the value. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_UInt num_params,
FT_Parameter* parameters );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTRENDER_H_ */
/* END */

159
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsizes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsizes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */
/* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */
/* where they are needed. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSIZES_H_
#define FTSIZES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sizes_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Size Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Managing multiple sizes per face. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */
/* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */
/* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */
/* field. */
/* */
/* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */
/* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */
/* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */
/* */
/* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */
/* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */
/* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */
/* */
/* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */
/* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */
/* when using these. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new size object from a given face object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
/* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
FT_Size* size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */
/* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */
/* @FT_New_Size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Activate_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */
/* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been */
/* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */
/* */
/* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */
/* object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */
/* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSIZES_H_ */
/* END */

200
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsnames.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsnames.h */
/* */
/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */
/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */
/* */
/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSNAMES_H_
#define FTSNAMES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sfnt_names */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* SFNT Names */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */
/* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */
/* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */
/* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */
/* */
/* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */
/* */
/* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_SfntName */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */
/* */
/* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */
/* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */
/* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */
/* */
/* Generally speaking, the string is not */
/* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */
/* specification for details. */
/* */
/* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */
/* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */
/* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */
/* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_SfntName_
{
FT_UShort platform_id;
FT_UShort encoding_id;
FT_UShort language_id;
FT_UShort name_id;
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntName;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The number of strings in the `name' table. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */
/* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */
/* longer in use. */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */
/* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */
/* platform, encoding, and name ID. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt idx,
FT_SfntName *aname );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name'
* table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with
* legacy systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since
* OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy
* systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSNAMES_H_ */
/* END */

785
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftstroke.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstroke.h */
/* */
/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSTROKE_H_
#define FTSTROKE_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_OUTLINE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_stroker
*
* @title:
* Glyph Stroker
*
* @abstract:
* Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
*
* @description:
* This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
* glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
* `inside' borders of the stroke.
*
* This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
* displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
* shape.
*
* @order:
* FT_Stroker
*
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* FT_Stroker_New
* FT_Stroker_Set
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
*/
/**************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stroker
*
* @description:
* Opaque handle to a path stroker object.
*/
typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
*
* @description:
* These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
* in a stroker.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
* Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used
* to join two lines smoothly.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
* Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of
* the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular
* region of the corner with a straight line between the
* outer corners of each stroke.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the
* miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes
* for the two segments are extended until they meet at an
* angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such
* that the miter would extend from the intersection of the
* segments a distance greater than the product of the miter
* limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see
* above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being
* created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter
* line join as used in PostScript and PDF.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if
* the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the
* strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector
* of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the
* intersection of the segments equal to the product of the
* miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents
* long spikes being created.
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line
* join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias
* for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for
* backwards compatibility.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
{
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
} FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
*
* @description:
* These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
* rendered in a stroke.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
* point itself.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
* last point.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
* last point.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
{
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
} FT_Stroker_LineCap;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* @description:
* These values are used to select a given stroke border
* in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
* Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
* Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* @note:
* Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
* borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
* `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
* drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
*
* You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
* @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
*/
typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
{
FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
} FT_StrokerBorder;
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `inside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `outside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new stroker object.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* FreeType library handle.
*
* @output:
* astroker ::
* A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
FT_Stroker *astroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Set
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object's attributes.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* radius ::
* The border radius.
*
* line_cap ::
* The line cap style.
*
* line_join ::
* The line join style.
*
* miter_limit ::
* The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles,
* expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value.
*
* @note:
* The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
* coordinates.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Fixed radius,
FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
FT_Fixed miter_limit );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
* You should call this function before beginning a new
* series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
*
* @description:
* A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
* the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
* later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The source outline.
*
* opened ::
* A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
* of a closed one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
* path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
*
* If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
* stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Bool opened );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
*
* @description:
* Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the start vector.
*
* open ::
* A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
* not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to,
FT_Bool open );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* @description:
* Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
* If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
* single line segment to the start position when needed.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control ::
* A pointer to a Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control1 ::
* A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
*
* control2 ::
* A pointer to second Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control1,
FT_Vector* control2,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
* outlines generated by the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
* retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
* structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*
* @note:
* Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
* receive all new data.
*
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
* retrieve all borders at once.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
* outline/path.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a stroker object.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
* only return either its inside or outside border.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* inside ::
* A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
* the outside border.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool inside,
FT_Bool destroy );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSTROKE_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

84
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsynth.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsynth.h */
/* */
/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2000-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/********* *********/
/********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
/********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
/********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
/********* *********/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
/* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
/* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
/* code resource that should be copied into the application and */
/* adapted to the particular needs. */
#ifndef FTSYNTH_H_
#define FTSYNTH_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
/* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
/* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
/* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
/* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects */
/* mono-width fonts! */
/* */
/* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYNTH_H_ */
/* END */

355
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftsystem.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsystem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTSYSTEM_H_
#define FTSYSTEM_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* system_interface */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* System Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to memory */
/* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */
/* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */
/* i/o streams. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Memory
*
* @description:
* A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
* @FT_MemoryRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Alloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* size ::
* The size in bytes to allocate.
*
* @return:
* Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long size );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to release a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* block ::
* The address of the target memory block.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Realloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* cur_size ::
* The block's current size in bytes.
*
* new_size ::
* The block's requested new size.
*
* block ::
* The block's current address.
*
* @return:
* New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
*
* @note:
* In case of error, the old block must still be available.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long cur_size,
long new_size,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MemoryRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
*
* @fields:
* user ::
* A generic typeless pointer for user data.
*
* alloc ::
* A pointer type to an allocation function.
*
* free ::
* A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
*
* realloc ::
* A pointer type to a reallocation function.
*
*/
struct FT_MemoryRec_
{
void* user;
FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
FT_Free_Func free;
FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
};
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stream
*
* @description:
* A handle to an input stream.
*
* @also:
* See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given
* stream object.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamDesc
*
* @description:
* A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
* to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
*
*/
typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
{
long value;
void* pointer;
} FT_StreamDesc;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_IoFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the source stream.
*
* offset ::
* The offset of read in stream (always from start).
*
* buffer ::
* The address of the read buffer.
*
* count ::
* The number of bytes to read from the stream.
*
* @return:
* The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
*
* @note:
* This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
* with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an
* error.
*
*/
typedef unsigned long
(*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
unsigned long offset,
unsigned char* buffer,
unsigned long count );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_CloseFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to close a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the target stream.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe an input stream.
*
* @input:
* base ::
* For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
* byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for
* disk-based streams.
*
* size ::
* The stream size in bytes.
*
* In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before
* actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF.
* (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is
* thus just a hint.)
*
* pos ::
* The current position within the stream.
*
* descriptor ::
* This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
* used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
* pointers.
*
* pathname ::
* This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
* useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
* (where available).
*
* read ::
* The stream's input function.
*
* close ::
* The stream's close function.
*
* memory ::
* The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set
* internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
* implementations.
*
* cursor ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
* limit ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
{
unsigned char* base;
unsigned long size;
unsigned long pos;
FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
FT_StreamDesc pathname;
FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
FT_Memory memory;
unsigned char* cursor;
unsigned char* limit;
} FT_StreamRec;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYSTEM_H_ */
/* END */

350
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fttrigon.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttrigon.h */
/* */
/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTRIGON_H_
#define FTTRIGON_H_
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Angle
*
* @description:
* This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
* angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
*
*/
typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI
*
* @description:
* The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_2PI
*
* @description:
* The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI2
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI4
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sin
*
* @description:
* Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The sinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Cos
*
* @description:
* Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The cosinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Tan
*
* @description:
* Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The tangent value.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Atan2
*
* @description:
* Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
* the 2d plane.
*
* @input:
* x ::
* The horizontal vector coordinate.
*
* y ::
* The vertical vector coordinate.
*
* @return:
* The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
FT_Fixed y );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Angle_Diff
*
* @description:
* Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
* constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
*
* @input:
* angle1 ::
* First angle.
*
* angle2 ::
* Second angle.
*
* @return:
* Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
FT_Angle angle2 );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Unit
*
* @description:
* Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
* call, the value of `vec.x' will be `cos(angle)', and the value of
* `vec.y' will be `sin(angle)'.
*
* This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
* given angle quickly.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Rotate
*
* @description:
* Rotate a vector by a given angle.
*
* @inout:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Length
*
* @description:
* Return the length of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @return:
* The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
* vector coordinates.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Polarize
*
* @description:
* Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed *length,
FT_Angle *angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_From_Polar
*
* @description:
* Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @input:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed length,
FT_Angle angle );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTRIGON_H_ */
/* END */

310
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftttdrv.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftttdrv.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the TrueType driver */
/* (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2013-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTTDRV_H_
#define FTTTDRV_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* tt_driver
*
* @title:
* The TrueType driver
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the TrueType driver module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's TrueType driver doesn't expose API functions by
* itself, it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set
* and @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* The TrueType driver's module name is `truetype'.
*
* We start with a list of definitions, kindly provided by Greg
* Hitchcock.
*
* _Bi-Level_ _Rendering_
*
* Monochromatic rendering, exclusively used in the early days of
* TrueType by both Apple and Microsoft. Microsoft's GDI interface
* supported hinting of the right-side bearing point, such that the
* advance width could be non-linear. Most often this was done to
* achieve some level of glyph symmetry. To enable reasonable
* performance (e.g., not having to run hinting on all glyphs just to
* get the widths) there was a bit in the head table indicating if the
* side bearing was hinted, and additional tables, `hdmx' and `LTSH', to
* cache hinting widths across multiple sizes and device aspect ratios.
*
* _Font_ _Smoothing_
*
* Microsoft's GDI implementation of anti-aliasing. Not traditional
* anti-aliasing as the outlines were hinted before the sampling. The
* widths matched the bi-level rendering.
*
* _ClearType_ _Rendering_
*
* Technique that uses physical subpixels to improve rendering on LCD
* (and other) displays. Because of the higher resolution, many methods
* of improving symmetry in glyphs through hinting the right-side
* bearing were no longer necessary. This lead to what GDI calls
* `natural widths' ClearType, see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec21. Since hinting
* has extra resolution, most non-linearity went away, but it is still
* possible for hints to change the advance widths in this mode.
*
* _ClearType_ _Compatible_ _Widths_
*
* One of the earliest challenges with ClearType was allowing the
* implementation in GDI to be selected without requiring all UI and
* documents to reflow. To address this, a compatible method of
* rendering ClearType was added where the font hints are executed once
* to determine the width in bi-level rendering, and then re-run in
* ClearType, with the difference in widths being absorbed in the font
* hints for ClearType (mostly in the white space of hints); see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec20. Somewhat by
* definition, compatible width ClearType allows for non-linear widths,
* but only when the bi-level version has non-linear widths.
*
* _ClearType_ _Subpixel_ _Positioning_
*
* One of the nice benefits of ClearType is the ability to more crisply
* display fractional widths; unfortunately, the GDI model of integer
* bitmaps did not support this. However, the WPF and Direct Write
* frameworks do support fractional widths. DWrite calls this `natural
* mode', not to be confused with GDI's `natural widths'. Subpixel
* positioning, in the current implementation of Direct Write,
* unfortunately does not support hinted advance widths, see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec22. Note that the
* TrueType interpreter fully allows the advance width to be adjusted in
* this mode, just the DWrite client will ignore those changes.
*
* _ClearType_ _Backwards_ _Compatibility_
*
* This is a set of exceptions made in the TrueType interpreter to
* minimize hinting techniques that were problematic with the extra
* resolution of ClearType; see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec1 and
* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx.
* This technique is not to be confused with ClearType compatible
* widths. ClearType backwards compatibility has no direct impact on
* changing advance widths, but there might be an indirect impact on
* disabling some deltas. This could be worked around in backwards
* compatibility mode.
*
* _Native_ _ClearType_ _Mode_
*
* (Not to be confused with `natural widths'.) This mode removes all
* the exceptions in the TrueType interpreter when running with
* ClearType. Any issues on widths would still apply, though.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* interpreter-version
*
* @description:
* Currently, two versions are available, representing the bytecode
* interpreter with and without subpixel hinting support,
* respectively. The default is subpixel support if
* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING is defined, and no subpixel
* support otherwise (since it isn't available then).
*
* If subpixel hinting is on, many TrueType bytecode instructions behave
* differently compared to B/W or grayscale rendering (except if `native
* ClearType' is selected by the font). The main idea is to render at a
* much increased horizontal resolution, then sampling down the created
* output to subpixel precision. However, many older fonts are not
* suited to this and must be specially taken care of by applying
* (hardcoded) font-specific tweaks.
*
* Details on subpixel hinting and some of the necessary tweaks can be
* found in Greg Hitchcock's whitepaper at
* `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx'.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to activate subpixel
* hinting (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_UInt interpreter_version = TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "truetype",
* "interpreter-version",
* &interpreter_version );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of constants used for the @interpreter-version property to
* select the hinting engine for Truetype fonts.
*
* The numeric value in the constant names represents the version
* number as returned by the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction.
*
* @values:
* TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 ::
* Version~35 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.7 as used e.g. in
* Windows~98; only grayscale and B/W rasterizing is supported.
*
* TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 ::
* Version~38 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.9; it is roughly
* equivalent to the hinting provided by DirectWrite ClearType (as
* can be found, for example, in the Internet Explorer~9 running on
* Windows~7).
*
* @note:
* This property controls the behaviour of the bytecode interpreter
* and thus how outlines get hinted. It does *not* control how glyph
* get rasterized! In particular, it does not control subpixel color
* filtering.
*
* If FreeType has not been compiled with configuration option
* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING, selecting version~38 causes an
* `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error.
*
* Depending on the graphics framework, Microsoft uses different
* bytecode and rendering engines. As a consequence, the version
* numbers returned by a call to the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction are
* more convoluted than desired.
*
* Here are two tables that try to shed some light on the possible
* values for the MS rasterizer engine, together with the additional
* features introduced by it.
*
* {
* GETINFO framework version feature
* -------------------------------------------------------------------
* 3 GDI (Win 3.1), v1.0 16-bit, first version
* TrueImage
* 33 GDI (Win NT 3.1), v1.5 32-bit
* HP Laserjet
* 34 GDI (Win 95) v1.6 font smoothing,
* new SCANTYPE opcode
* 35 GDI (Win 98/2000) v1.7 (UN)SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET
* bits in composite glyphs
* 36 MGDI (Win CE 2) v1.6+ classic ClearType
* 37 GDI (XP and later), v1.8 ClearType
* GDI+ old (before Vista)
* 38 GDI+ old (Vista, Win 7), v1.9 subpixel ClearType,
* WPF Y-direction ClearType,
* additional error checking
* 39 DWrite (before Win 8) v2.0 subpixel ClearType flags
* in GETINFO opcode,
* bug fixes
* 40 GDI+ (after Win 7), v2.1 Y-direction ClearType flag
* DWrite (Win 8) in GETINFO opcode,
* Gray ClearType
* }
*
* The `version' field gives a rough orientation only, since some
* applications provided certain features much earlier (as an example,
* Microsoft Reader used subpixel and Y-direction ClearType already in
* Windows 2000). Similarly, updates to a given framework might include
* improved hinting support.
*
* {
* version sampling rendering comment
* x y x y
* --------------------------------------------------------------
* v1.0 normal normal B/W B/W bi-level
* v1.6 high high gray gray grayscale
* v1.8 high normal color-filter B/W (GDI) ClearType
* v1.9 high high color-filter gray Color ClearType
* v2.1 high normal gray B/W Gray ClearType
* v2.1 high high gray gray Gray ClearType
* }
*
* Color and Gray ClearType are the two available variants of
* `Y-direction ClearType', meaning grayscale rasterization along the
* Y-direction; the name used in the TrueType specification for this
* feature is `symmetric smoothing'. `Classic ClearType' is the
* original algorithm used before introducing a modified version in
* Win~XP. Another name for v1.6's grayscale rendering is `font
* smoothing', and `Color ClearType' is sometimes also called `DWrite
* ClearType'. To differentiate between today's Color ClearType and the
* earlier ClearType variant with B/W rendering along the vertical axis,
* the latter is sometimes called `GDI ClearType'.
*
* `Normal' and `high' sampling describe the (virtual) resolution to
* access the rasterized outline after the hinting process. `Normal'
* means 1 sample per grid line (i.e., B/W). In the current Microsoft
* implementation, `high' means an extra virtual resolution of 16x16 (or
* 16x1) grid lines per pixel for bytecode instructions like `MIRP'.
* After hinting, these 16 grid lines are mapped to 6x5 (or 6x1) grid
* lines for color filtering if Color ClearType is activated.
*
* Note that `Gray ClearType' is essentially the same as v1.6's
* grayscale rendering. However, the GETINFO instruction handles it
* differently: v1.6 returns bit~12 (hinting for grayscale), while v2.1
* returns bits~13 (hinting for ClearType), 18 (symmetrical smoothing),
* and~19 (Gray ClearType). Also, this mode respects bits 2 and~3 for
* the version~1 gasp table exclusively (like Color ClearType), while
* v1.6 only respects the values of version~0 (bits 0 and~1).
*
* FreeType doesn't provide all capabilities of the most recent
* ClearType incarnation, thus we identify our subpixel support as
* version~38.
*
*/
#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 35
#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 38
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTTDRV_H_ */
/* END */

602
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/fttypes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttypes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTTYPES_H_
#define FTTYPES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include FT_SYSTEM_H
#include FT_IMAGE_H
#include <stddef.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Basic Data Types */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* The basic data types defined by the library. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */
/* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */
/* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* FT_Char */
/* FT_Int */
/* FT_UInt */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* FT_Int64 */
/* FT_UInt64 */
/* FT_Short */
/* FT_UShort */
/* FT_Long */
/* FT_ULong */
/* FT_Bool */
/* FT_Offset */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* FT_String */
/* FT_Tag */
/* FT_Error */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* FT_Pos */
/* FT_Vector */
/* FT_BBox */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* FT_FWord */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* FT_Generic */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* FT_Bitmap */
/* FT_Pixel_Mode */
/* FT_Palette_Mode */
/* FT_Glyph_Format */
/* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bool */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */
/* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_FWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */
/* units. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */
/* font units. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Char */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */
/* */
typedef signed char FT_Char;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for constant memory areas. */
/* */
typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */
/* */
typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_String */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */
/* */
typedef char FT_String;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Short */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed short. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Short;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UShort */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned short. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the int type. */
/* */
typedef signed int FT_Int;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Long */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed long. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Long;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ULong */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned long. */
/* */
typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */
/* coordinates. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */
/* values or matrix coefficients. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Error */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */
/* as a successful operation. */
/* */
typedef int FT_Error;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */
/* */
typedef void* FT_Pointer;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Offset */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */
/* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */
/* or a memory block size. */
/* */
typedef size_t FT_Offset;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */
/* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */
/* between two pointers. */
/* */
typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */
/* FT_F2Dot14 types. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */
/* */
/* y :: Vertical coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
{
FT_F2Dot14 x;
FT_F2Dot14 y;
} FT_UnitVector;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */
/* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */
/* */
/* { */
/* x' = x*xx + y*xy */
/* y' = x*yx + y*yy */
/* } */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Matrix_
{
FT_Fixed xx, xy;
FT_Fixed yx, yy;
} FT_Matrix;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* pointer :: The data. */
/* */
/* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Data_
{
const FT_Byte* pointer;
FT_Int length;
} FT_Data;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */
/* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */
/* details of usage. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization. */
/* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */
/* */
typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Generic */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */
/* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */
/* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */
/* */
/* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */
/* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */
/* servers. */
/* */
/* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
/* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */
/* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */
/* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
/* in the `finalizer' field). */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
/* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */
/* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */
/* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Generic_
{
void* data;
FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
} FT_Generic;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label */
/* TrueType tables into an unsigned long, to be used within FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */
/* this macro. */
/* */
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
(FT_Tag) \
( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
(FT_ULong)_x4 )
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */
/* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */
/* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_List */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a single list element. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */
/* */
/* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */
/* */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
{
FT_ListNode prev;
FT_ListNode next;
void* data;
} FT_ListNodeRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */
/* used in many parts of FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
/* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_
{
FT_ListNode head;
FT_ListNode tail;
} FT_ListRec;
/* */
#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
/* concatenate C tokens */
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
/* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */
#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTYPES_H_ */
/* END */

275
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ftwinfnt.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftwinfnt.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef FTWINFNT_H_
#define FTWINFNT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Window FNT Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Windows FNT specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
* @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
* encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at
* ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS
* subdirectory. cp1361 is roughly a superset of
* MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
*
* @values:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
* This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
* `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value.
* When querying for information about the character set of the font
* that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
* return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
* There is no known mapping table available.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
* Mac Roman encoding.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
* From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
*
* The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
* is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
* `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
*
* The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
* specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
*
* The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
* Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
* character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
*
* In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
* second default codepage that most international versions of
* Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
*
* https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/goglobal/bb964655,
*
* and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
* A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
* 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
* A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
* A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
* A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
* A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
* A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
* A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
* ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
* A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
* ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
* A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
* A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
* A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
* A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
* A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
* For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
* characters.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
* Korean (Johab).
*/
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Windows FNT Header info. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
{
FT_UShort version;
FT_ULong file_size;
FT_Byte copyright[60];
FT_UShort file_type;
FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
FT_UShort ascent;
FT_UShort internal_leading;
FT_UShort external_leading;
FT_Byte italic;
FT_Byte underline;
FT_Byte strike_out;
FT_UShort weight;
FT_Byte charset;
FT_UShort pixel_width;
FT_UShort pixel_height;
FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
FT_UShort avg_width;
FT_UShort max_width;
FT_Byte first_char;
FT_Byte last_char;
FT_Byte default_char;
FT_Byte break_char;
FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
FT_ULong device_offset;
FT_ULong face_name_offset;
FT_ULong bits_pointer;
FT_ULong bits_offset;
FT_Byte reserved;
FT_ULong flags;
FT_UShort A_space;
FT_UShort B_space;
FT_UShort C_space;
FT_UShort color_table_offset;
FT_ULong reserved1[4];
} FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* aheader :: The WinFNT header.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTWINFNT_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

761
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/t1tables.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,761 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* t1tables.h */
/* */
/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef T1TABLES_H_
#define T1TABLES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* type1_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Type 1 Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */
/* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* PS_FontInfoRec */
/* PS_FontInfo */
/* PS_PrivateRec */
/* PS_Private */
/* */
/* CID_FaceDictRec */
/* CID_FaceDict */
/* CID_FaceInfoRec */
/* CID_FaceInfo */
/* */
/* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value */
/* */
/* T1_Blend_Flags */
/* T1_EncodingType */
/* PS_Dict_Keys */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
/* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* FontInfo dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
{
FT_String* version;
FT_String* notice;
FT_String* full_name;
FT_String* family_name;
FT_String* weight;
FT_Long italic_angle;
FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
FT_Short underline_position;
FT_UShort underline_thickness;
} PS_FontInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_PrivateRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* Private dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
{
FT_Int unique_id;
FT_Int lenIV;
FT_Byte num_blue_values;
FT_Byte num_other_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
FT_Short blue_values[14];
FT_Short other_blues[10];
FT_Short family_blues [14];
FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
FT_Fixed blue_scale;
FT_Int blue_shift;
FT_Int blue_fuzz;
FT_UShort standard_width[1];
FT_UShort standard_height[1];
FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
FT_Bool force_bold;
FT_Bool round_stem_up;
FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Long language_group;
FT_Long password;
FT_Short min_feature[2];
} PS_PrivateRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_Blend_Flags */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */
/* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */
/* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD :: */
/* */
typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
{
/* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
/* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
T1_BLEND_MAX /* do not remove */
} T1_Blend_Flags;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `T1_Blend_Flags' values instead */
#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
/* */
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
/* maximum number of elements in a design map */
#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
/* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
{
FT_Byte num_points;
FT_Long* design_points;
FT_Fixed* blend_points;
} PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
{
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
/* since 2.3.0 */
/* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
/* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
/* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
/* in the font and associated metrics files */
FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
} PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDictRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
{
PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
FT_UInt len_buildchar;
FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
FT_Pos stroke_width;
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Byte paint_type;
FT_Byte font_type;
FT_Matrix font_matrix;
FT_Vector font_offset;
FT_UInt num_subrs;
FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
FT_Int sd_bytes;
} CID_FaceDictRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDict */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FontDict */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
{
FT_String* cid_font_name;
FT_Fixed cid_version;
FT_Int cid_font_type;
FT_String* registry;
FT_String* ordering;
FT_Int supplement;
PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
FT_BBox font_bbox;
FT_ULong uid_base;
FT_Int num_xuid;
FT_ULong xuid[16];
FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
FT_Int fd_bytes;
FT_Int gd_bytes;
FT_ULong cid_count;
FT_Int num_dicts;
CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
FT_ULong data_offset;
} CID_FaceInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_Info */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
*
* @description:
* Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph
* names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
* except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
* glyph name tables.
*
* When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
* names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* face handle
*
* @return:
* Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_info ::
* Output font info structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* String pointers within the @PS_FontInfoRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. Missing entries
* in the font's FontInfo dictionary are represented by NULL pointers.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
* return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
PS_FontInfo afont_info );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_private ::
* Output private dictionary structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
PS_Private afont_private );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_EncodingType */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */
/* dictionary. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT :: */
/* */
typedef enum T1_EncodingType_
{
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
} T1_EncodingType;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* PS_Dict_Keys */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */
/* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX :: */
/* PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS :: */
/* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY :: */
/* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING :: */
/* PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS :: */
/* PS_DICT_SUBR :: */
/* PS_DICT_STD_HW :: */
/* PS_DICT_STD_VW :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H :: */
/* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V :: */
/* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V :: */
/* PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD :: */
/* PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP :: */
/* PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE :: */
/* PS_DICT_LEN_IV :: */
/* PS_DICT_PASSWORD :: */
/* PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP :: */
/* PS_DICT_VERSION :: */
/* PS_DICT_NOTICE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FULL_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_WEIGHT :: */
/* PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */
/* PS_DICT_FS_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */
/* */
typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_
{
/* conventionally in the font dictionary */
PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */
/* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */
/* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE
} PS_Dict_Keys;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* key ::
* An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
*
* idx ::
* For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
*
* value ::
* A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
*
* valen_len ::
* The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
*
* @output:
* value ::
* The value matching the above key, if it exists.
*
* @return:
* The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested
* value (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
*
* @note:
* The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
* the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
* belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the
* `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
* used to manipulate the face.
*
* `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
* various types.
*
* If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the
* required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
*
* The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
* example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
* from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It
* is ignored for atomic values.
*
* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To
* get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by
* 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
*
* IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
* be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP,
* ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
* available either.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face,
PS_Dict_Keys key,
FT_UInt idx,
void *value,
FT_Long value_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* T1TABLES_H_ */
/* END */

1237
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ttnameid.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

829
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/tttables.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,829 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttables.h */
/* */
/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */
/* (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef TTTABLES_H_
#define TTTABLES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* truetype_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueType Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* TrueType specific table types and functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */
/* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* TT_Header */
/* TT_HoriHeader */
/* TT_VertHeader */
/* TT_OS2 */
/* TT_Postscript */
/* TT_PCLT */
/* TT_MaxProfile */
/* */
/* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
/* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table */
/* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info */
/* */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
/* */
/* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */
/* fields follow the TrueType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Header_
{
FT_Fixed Table_Version;
FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
FT_Long Magic_Number;
FT_UShort Flags;
FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
FT_Long Created [2];
FT_Long Modified[2];
FT_Short xMin;
FT_Short yMin;
FT_Short xMax;
FT_Short yMax;
FT_UShort Mac_Style;
FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
FT_Short Font_Direction;
FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
} TT_Header;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_HoriHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */
/* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of all */
/* glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
/* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */
/* the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. It */
/* is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
/* widths found in the font. It can be */
/* used to compute the maximum width of an */
/* arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
/* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
/* table -- this value can be smaller than */
/* the total number of glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
/* be identical except for the names of their fields, */
/* which are different. */
/* */
/* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
/* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
/* headers. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `HMTX' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_HoriHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_VertHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */
/* the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */
/* distance from the baseline to the */
/* bottom-most of all glyph points found */
/* in the font. It is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */
/* advance heights found in the font. It */
/* can be used to compute the maximum */
/* height of an arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */
/* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */
/* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */
/* version 1.0. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */
/* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */
/* smaller than the total number of glyphs */
/* in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
/* be identical except for the names of their fields, */
/* which are different. */
/* */
/* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
/* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
/* headers. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */
FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */
FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
/* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_VertHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_OS2 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. All fields */
/* comply to the OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an OS/2 */
/* table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to 0xFFFF. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_OS2_
{
FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
FT_UShort usWeightClass;
FT_UShort usWidthClass;
FT_UShort fsType;
FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
FT_Short sFamilyClass;
FT_Byte panose[10];
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
FT_Char achVendID[4];
FT_UShort fsSelection;
FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
FT_Short sTypoAscender;
FT_Short sTypoDescender;
FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
FT_UShort usWinAscent;
FT_UShort usWinDescent;
/* only version 1 and higher: */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
/* only version 2 and higher: */
FT_Short sxHeight;
FT_Short sCapHeight;
FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
FT_UShort usBreakChar;
FT_UShort usMaxContext;
/* only version 5 and higher: */
FT_UShort usLowerOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
FT_UShort usUpperOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
} TT_OS2;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Postscript */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */
/* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */
/* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */
/* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Postscript_
{
FT_Fixed FormatType;
FT_Fixed italicAngle;
FT_Short underlinePosition;
FT_Short underlineThickness;
FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
FT_ULong minMemType42;
FT_ULong maxMemType42;
FT_ULong minMemType1;
FT_ULong maxMemType1;
/* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */
/* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */
} TT_Postscript;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_PCLT */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */
/* comply to the TrueType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_PCLT_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_ULong FontNumber;
FT_UShort Pitch;
FT_UShort xHeight;
FT_UShort Style;
FT_UShort TypeFamily;
FT_UShort CapHeight;
FT_UShort SymbolSet;
FT_Char TypeFace[16];
FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
FT_Char FileName[6];
FT_Char StrokeWeight;
FT_Char WidthType;
FT_Byte SerifStyle;
FT_Byte Reserved;
} TT_PCLT;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_MaxProfile */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values, which */
/* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */
/* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* version :: The version number. */
/* */
/* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */
/* font. */
/* */
/* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* the structure element */
/* `maxCompositePoints'. */
/* */
/* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* the structure element */
/* `maxCompositeContours'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
/* structure element `maxPoints'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
/* structure element `maxContours'. */
/* */
/* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */
/* glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */
/* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */
/* storage area used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
/* during bytecode interpretation. */
/* */
/* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */
/* used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */
/* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */
/* */
/* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */
/* glyphs. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This structure is only used during font loading. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
{
FT_Fixed version;
FT_UShort numGlyphs;
FT_UShort maxPoints;
FT_UShort maxContours;
FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
FT_UShort maxZones;
FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
FT_UShort maxStorage;
FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
FT_UShort maxStackElements;
FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
} TT_MaxProfile;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */
/* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_SFNT_HEAD :: To access the font's @TT_Header structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_MAXP :: To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_OS2 :: To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_HHEA :: To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_VHEA :: To access the font's @TT_VertHeader struture. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_POST :: To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_PCLT :: To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
{
FT_SFNT_HEAD,
FT_SFNT_MAXP,
FT_SFNT_OS2,
FT_SFNT_HHEA,
FT_SFNT_VHEA,
FT_SFNT_POST,
FT_SFNT_PCLT,
FT_SFNT_MAX
} FT_Sfnt_Tag;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag' */
/* values instead */
#define ft_sfnt_head FT_SFNT_HEAD
#define ft_sfnt_maxp FT_SFNT_MAXP
#define ft_sfnt_os2 FT_SFNT_OS2
#define ft_sfnt_hhea FT_SFNT_HHEA
#define ft_sfnt_vhea FT_SFNT_VHEA
#define ft_sfnt_post FT_SFNT_POST
#define ft_sfnt_pclt FT_SFNT_PCLT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source. */
/* */
/* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */
/* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */
/* from the file. */
/* */
/* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */
/* elements. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */
/* */
/* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
/* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
/* a list. */
/* */
/* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */
/* */
/* { */
/* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */
/* */
/* */
/* vert_header = */
/* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void* )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
*
* @description:
* Load any font table into client memory.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* tag ::
* The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want
* to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
* definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
* one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
*
* offset ::
* The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
*
* @output:
* buffer ::
* The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
* array is big enough to hold the data.
*
* @inout:
* length ::
* If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table.
* Return an error code if it fails.
*
* Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the
* table's (or file) full size in it.
*
* Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
* starting offset.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
* function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_ULong length = 0;
*
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
*
* buffer = malloc( length );
* if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
* }
*
* Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with
* this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table. Reason is that
* those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying
* size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_ULong tag,
FT_Long offset,
FT_Byte* buffer,
FT_ULong* length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
*
* @description:
* Return information on an SFNT table.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* table_index ::
* The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
* FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
*
* @inout:
* tag ::
* The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index'
* is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the
* font.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending
* on `tag').
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
* missing.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt table_index,
FT_ULong *tag,
FT_ULong *length );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */
/* language ID values are in `ttnameid.h'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
/* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */
/* */
/* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */
/* 0xFFFFFFFF. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
/* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTTABLES_H_ */
/* END */

111
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/tttags.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttags.h */
/* */
/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef TTAGS_H_
#define TTAGS_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
#define TTAG_CBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_CBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
#define TTAG_sbix FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' )
#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_wOFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTAGS_H_ */
/* END */

63
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/freetype/ttunpat.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ttunpat.h */
/* */
/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system. */
/* Obsolete, retained for backwards compatibility. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003-2016 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef TTUNPAT_H_
#define TTUNPAT_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
* @description:
* Deprecated.
*
* Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to
* indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType
* bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTUNPAT_H_ */
/* END */

60
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jconfig.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/* jconfig.h. Generated from jconfig.cfg by configure. */
/* jconfig.cfg --- source file edited by configure script */
/* see jconfig.txt for explanations */
#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES 1
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR 1
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT 1
/* #undef void */
/* #undef const */
/* #undef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1
/* #undef NEED_BSD_STRINGS */
/* #undef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H */
/* #undef NEED_FAR_POINTERS */
/* #undef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */
/* Define this if you get warnings about undefined structures. */
/* #undef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */
/* Define "boolean" as unsigned char, not enum, on Windows systems. */
#ifdef _WIN32
#ifndef __RPCNDR_H__ /* don't conflict if rpcndr.h already read */
typedef unsigned char boolean;
#endif
#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */
#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */
#endif
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE 1
#endif
#define HAVE_BOOLEAN /* prevent jmorecfg.h from redefining it */
#endif
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
/* #undef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED */
#define INLINE __inline__
/* These are for configuring the JPEG memory manager. */
/* #undef DEFAULT_MAX_MEM */
/* #undef NO_MKTEMP */
#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */
#ifdef JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG
#define BMP_SUPPORTED /* BMP image file format */
#define GIF_SUPPORTED /* GIF image file format */
#define PPM_SUPPORTED /* PBMPLUS PPM/PGM image file format */
/* #undef RLE_SUPPORTED */
#define TARGA_SUPPORTED /* Targa image file format */
/* #undef TWO_FILE_COMMANDLINE */
/* #undef NEED_SIGNAL_CATCHER */
/* #undef DONT_USE_B_MODE */
/* Define this if you want percent-done progress reports from cjpeg/djpeg. */
/* #undef PROGRESS_REPORT */
#endif /* JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG */

304
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jerror.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
/*
* jerror.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 1997-2018 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file defines the error and message codes for the JPEG library.
* Edit this file to add new codes, or to translate the message strings to
* some other language.
* A set of error-reporting macros are defined too. Some applications using
* the JPEG library may wish to include this file to get the error codes
* and/or the macros.
*/
/*
* To define the enum list of message codes, include this file without
* defining macro JMESSAGE. To create a message string table, include it
* again with a suitable JMESSAGE definition (see jerror.c for an example).
*/
#ifndef JMESSAGE
#ifndef JERROR_H
/* First time through, define the enum list */
#define JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
#else
/* Repeated inclusions of this file are no-ops unless JMESSAGE is defined */
#define JMESSAGE(code,string)
#endif /* JERROR_H */
#endif /* JMESSAGE */
#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
typedef enum {
#define JMESSAGE(code,string) code ,
#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
JMESSAGE(JMSG_NOMESSAGE, "Bogus message code %d") /* Must be first entry! */
/* For maintenance convenience, list is alphabetical by message code name */
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALIGN_TYPE, "ALIGN_TYPE is wrong, please fix")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALLOC_CHUNK, "MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK is wrong, please fix")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE, "Bogus buffer control mode")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_COMPONENT_ID, "Invalid component ID %d in SOS")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_CROP_SPEC, "Invalid crop request")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF, "DCT coefficient out of range")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE, "DCT scaled block size %dx%d not supported")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DROP_SAMPLING,
"Component index %d: mismatching sampling ratio %d:%d, %d:%d, %c")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE, "Bogus Huffman table definition")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE, "Bogus input colorspace")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE, "Bogus JPEG colorspace")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LENGTH, "Bogus marker length")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION,
"Wrong JPEG library version: library is %d, caller expects %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE, "Sampling factors too large for interleaved scan")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_POOL_ID, "Invalid memory pool code %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PRECISION, "Unsupported JPEG data precision %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROGRESSION,
"Invalid progressive parameters Ss=%d Se=%d Ah=%d Al=%d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT,
"Invalid progressive parameters at scan script entry %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SAMPLING, "Bogus sampling factors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, "Invalid scan script at entry %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STATE, "Improper call to JPEG library in state %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE,
"JPEG parameter struct mismatch: library thinks size is %u, caller expects %u")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_VIRTUAL_ACCESS, "Bogus virtual array access")
JMESSAGE(JERR_BUFFER_SIZE, "Buffer passed to JPEG library is too small")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CANT_SUSPEND, "Suspension not allowed here")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL, "CCIR601 sampling not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, "Too many color components: %d, max %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL, "Unsupported color conversion request")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_INDEX, "Bogus DAC index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_VALUE, "Bogus DAC value 0x%x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DHT_INDEX, "Bogus DHT index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_DQT_INDEX, "Bogus DQT index %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMPTY_IMAGE, "Empty JPEG image (DNL not supported)")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_READ, "Read from EMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_WRITE, "Write to EMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_EOI_EXPECTED, "Didn't expect more than one scan")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_READ, "Input file read error")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_WRITE, "Output file write error --- out of disk space?")
JMESSAGE(JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL, "Fractional sampling not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_CLEN_OUTOFBOUNDS, "Huffman code size table out of bounds")
JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_MISSING_CODE, "Missing Huffman code table entry")
JMESSAGE(JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, "Maximum supported image dimension is %u pixels")
JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EMPTY, "Empty input file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EOF, "Premature end of input file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MISMATCHED_QUANT_TABLE,
"Cannot transcode due to multiple use of quantization table %d")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MISSING_DATA, "Scan script does not transmit all data")
JMESSAGE(JERR_MODE_CHANGE, "Invalid color quantization mode change")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NOTIMPL, "Not implemented yet")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NOT_COMPILED, "Requested feature was omitted at compile time")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, "Arithmetic table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_BACKING_STORE, "Backing store not supported")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, "Huffman table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_IMAGE, "JPEG datastream contains no image")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, "Quantization table 0x%02x was not defined")
JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_SOI, "Not a JPEG file: starts with 0x%02x 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "Insufficient memory (case %d)")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_COMPONENTS,
"Cannot quantize more than %d color components")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_FEW_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to fewer than %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_MANY_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to more than %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_BEFORE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: %s before SOF")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOF markers")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_NO_SOS, "Invalid JPEG file structure: missing SOS marker")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_UNSUPPORTED, "Unsupported JPEG process: SOF type 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_SOI_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOI markers")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_CREATE, "Failed to create temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_READ, "Read failed on temporary file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_SEEK, "Seek failed on temporary file")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_WRITE,
"Write failed on temporary file --- out of disk space?")
JMESSAGE(JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA, "Application transferred too few scanlines")
JMESSAGE(JERR_UNKNOWN_MARKER, "Unsupported marker type 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JERR_VIRTUAL_BUG, "Virtual array controller messed up")
JMESSAGE(JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW, "Image too wide for this implementation")
JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_READ, "Read from XMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_WRITE, "Write to XMS failed")
JMESSAGE(JMSG_COPYRIGHT, JCOPYRIGHT)
JMESSAGE(JMSG_VERSION, JVERSION)
JMESSAGE(JTRC_16BIT_TABLES,
"Caution: quantization tables are too coarse for baseline JPEG")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_ADOBE,
"Adobe APP14 marker: version %d, flags 0x%04x 0x%04x, transform %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP0, "Unknown APP0 marker (not JFIF), length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP14, "Unknown APP14 marker (not Adobe), length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DAC, "Define Arithmetic Table 0x%02x: 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DHT, "Define Huffman Table 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DQT, "Define Quantization Table %d precision %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_DRI, "Define Restart Interval %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_CLOSE, "Freed EMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_OPEN, "Obtained EMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_EOI, "End Of Image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_HUFFBITS, " %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF, "JFIF APP0 marker: version %d.%02d, density %dx%d %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_BADTHUMBNAILSIZE,
"Warning: thumbnail image size does not match data length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_EXTENSION,
"JFIF extension marker: type 0x%02x, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_THUMBNAIL, " with %d x %d thumbnail image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_MISC_MARKER, "Miscellaneous marker 0x%02x, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_PARMLESS_MARKER, "Unexpected marker 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANTVALS, " %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_3_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d = %d*%d*%d colors")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d colors")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_SELECTED, "Selected %d colors for quantization")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RECOVERY_ACTION, "At marker 0x%02x, recovery action %d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_RST, "RST%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SMOOTH_NOTIMPL,
"Smoothing not supported with nonstandard sampling ratios")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF, "Start Of Frame 0x%02x: width=%u, height=%u, components=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF_COMPONENT, " Component %d: %dhx%dv q=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOI, "Start of Image")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS, "Start Of Scan: %d components")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_COMPONENT, " Component %d: dc=%d ac=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_PARAMS, " Ss=%d, Se=%d, Ah=%d, Al=%d")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_CLOSE, "Closed temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_OPEN, "Opened temporary file %s")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_JPEG,
"JFIF extension marker: JPEG-compressed thumbnail image, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_PALETTE,
"JFIF extension marker: palette thumbnail image, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_RGB,
"JFIF extension marker: RGB thumbnail image, length %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS,
"Unrecognized component IDs %d %d %d, assuming YCbCr")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_CLOSE, "Freed XMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_OPEN, "Obtained XMS handle %u")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, "Unknown Adobe color transform code %d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad arithmetic code")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION,
"Inconsistent progression sequence for component %d coefficient %d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_EXTRANEOUS_DATA,
"Corrupt JPEG data: %u extraneous bytes before marker 0x%02x")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_HIT_MARKER, "Corrupt JPEG data: premature end of data segment")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_HUFF_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad Huffman code")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_JFIF_MAJOR, "Warning: unknown JFIF revision number %d.%02d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_JPEG_EOF, "Premature end of JPEG file")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_MUST_RESYNC,
"Corrupt JPEG data: found marker 0x%02x instead of RST%d")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_NOT_SEQUENTIAL, "Invalid SOS parameters for sequential JPEG")
JMESSAGE(JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA, "Application transferred too many scanlines")
#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
JMSG_LASTMSGCODE
} J_MESSAGE_CODE;
#undef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST
#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */
/* Zap JMESSAGE macro so that future re-inclusions do nothing by default */
#undef JMESSAGE
#ifndef JERROR_H
#define JERROR_H
/* Macros to simplify using the error and trace message stuff */
/* The first parameter is either type of cinfo pointer */
/* Fatal errors (print message and exit) */
#define ERREXIT(cinfo,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT1(cinfo,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT3(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT4(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXIT6(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[4] = (p5), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[5] = (p6), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define ERREXITS(cinfo,code,str) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \
(*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo)))
#define MAKESTMT(stuff) do { stuff } while (0)
/* Nonfatal errors (we can keep going, but the data is probably corrupt) */
#define WARNMS(cinfo,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
#define WARNMS1(cinfo,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
#define WARNMS2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1))
/* Informational/debugging messages */
#define TRACEMS(cinfo,lvl,code) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS1(cinfo,lvl,code,p1) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS2(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \
(cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#define TRACEMS3(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS4(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS5(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
_mp[4] = (p5); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMS8(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6,p7,p8) \
MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \
_mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \
_mp[4] = (p5); _mp[5] = (p6); _mp[6] = (p7); _mp[7] = (p8); \
(cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); )
#define TRACEMSS(cinfo,lvl,code,str) \
((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \
strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \
(*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)))
#endif /* JERROR_H */

446
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jmorecfg.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
/*
* jmorecfg.h
*
* Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane.
* Modified 1997-2013 by Guido Vollbeding.
* This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
* For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
*
* This file contains additional configuration options that customize the
* JPEG software for special applications or support machine-dependent
* optimizations. Most users will not need to touch this file.
*/
/*
* Define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE as either
* 8 for 8-bit sample values (the usual setting)
* 9 for 9-bit sample values
* 10 for 10-bit sample values
* 11 for 11-bit sample values
* 12 for 12-bit sample values
* Only 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 bits sample data precision are supported for
* full-feature DCT processing. Further depths up to 16-bit may be added
* later for the lossless modes of operation.
* Run-time selection and conversion of data precision will be added later
* and are currently not supported, sorry.
* Exception: The transcoding part (jpegtran) supports all settings in a
* single instance, since it operates on the level of DCT coefficients and
* not sample values. The DCT coefficients are of the same type (16 bits)
* in all cases (see below).
*/
#define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE 8 /* use 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 */
/*
* Maximum number of components (color channels) allowed in JPEG image.
* To meet the letter of the JPEG spec, set this to 255. However, darn
* few applications need more than 4 channels (maybe 5 for CMYK + alpha
* mask). We recommend 10 as a reasonable compromise; use 4 if you are
* really short on memory. (Each allowed component costs a hundred or so
* bytes of storage, whether actually used in an image or not.)
*/
#define MAX_COMPONENTS 10 /* maximum number of image components */
/*
* Basic data types.
* You may need to change these if you have a machine with unusual data
* type sizes; for example, "char" not 8 bits, "short" not 16 bits,
* or "long" not 32 bits. We don't care whether "int" is 16 or 32 bits,
* but it had better be at least 16.
*/
/* Representation of a single sample (pixel element value).
* We frequently allocate large arrays of these, so it's important to keep
* them small. But if you have memory to burn and access to char or short
* arrays is very slow on your hardware, you might want to change these.
*/
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..255.
* You can use a signed char by having GETJSAMPLE mask it with 0xFF.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
typedef char JSAMPLE;
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#else
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value) & 0xFF)
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
#define MAXJSAMPLE 255
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 128
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 */
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 9
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..511.
* On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
*/
typedef short JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#define MAXJSAMPLE 511
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 256
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 9 */
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 10
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..1023.
* On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
*/
typedef short JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#define MAXJSAMPLE 1023
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 512
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 10 */
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 11
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..2047.
* On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
*/
typedef short JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#define MAXJSAMPLE 2047
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 1024
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 11 */
#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12
/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..4095.
* On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely.
*/
typedef short JSAMPLE;
#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value))
#define MAXJSAMPLE 4095
#define CENTERJSAMPLE 2048
#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 */
/* Representation of a DCT frequency coefficient.
* This should be a signed value of at least 16 bits; "short" is usually OK.
* Again, we allocate large arrays of these, but you can change to int
* if you have memory to burn and "short" is really slow.
*/
typedef short JCOEF;
/* Compressed datastreams are represented as arrays of JOCTET.
* These must be EXACTLY 8 bits wide, at least once they are written to
* external storage. Note that when using the stdio data source/destination
* managers, this is also the data type passed to fread/fwrite.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char JOCTET;
#define GETJOCTET(value) (value)
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
typedef char JOCTET;
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
#define GETJOCTET(value) (value)
#else
#define GETJOCTET(value) ((value) & 0xFF)
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
/* These typedefs are used for various table entries and so forth.
* They must be at least as wide as specified; but making them too big
* won't cost a huge amount of memory, so we don't provide special
* extraction code like we did for JSAMPLE. (In other words, these
* typedefs live at a different point on the speed/space tradeoff curve.)
*/
/* UINT8 must hold at least the values 0..255. */
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR
typedef unsigned char UINT8;
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
typedef char UINT8;
#else /* not CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
typedef short UINT8;
#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */
/* UINT16 must hold at least the values 0..65535. */
#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT
typedef unsigned short UINT16;
#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
typedef unsigned int UINT16;
#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */
/* INT16 must hold at least the values -32768..32767. */
#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT16 */
typedef short INT16;
#endif
/* INT32 must hold at least signed 32-bit values. */
#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT32 */
#ifndef _BASETSD_H_ /* Microsoft defines it in basetsd.h */
#ifndef _BASETSD_H /* MinGW is slightly different */
#ifndef QGLOBAL_H /* Qt defines it in qglobal.h */
typedef long INT32;
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif
/* Datatype used for image dimensions. The JPEG standard only supports
* images up to 64K*64K due to 16-bit fields in SOF markers. Therefore
* "unsigned int" is sufficient on all machines. However, if you need to
* handle larger images and you don't mind deviating from the spec, you
* can change this datatype.
*/
typedef unsigned int JDIMENSION;
#define JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION 65500L /* a tad under 64K to prevent overflows */
/* These macros are used in all function definitions and extern declarations.
* You could modify them if you need to change function linkage conventions;
* in particular, you'll need to do that to make the library a Windows DLL.
* Another application is to make all functions global for use with debuggers
* or code profilers that require it.
*/
/* a function called through method pointers: */
#define METHODDEF(type) static type
/* a function used only in its module: */
#define LOCAL(type) static type
/* a function referenced thru EXTERNs: */
#define GLOBAL(type) type
/* a reference to a GLOBAL function: */
#define EXTERN(type) extern type
/* This macro is used to declare a "method", that is, a function pointer.
* We want to supply prototype parameters if the compiler can cope.
* Note that the arglist parameter must be parenthesized!
* Again, you can customize this if you need special linkage keywords.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES
#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) arglist
#else
#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) ()
#endif
/* The noreturn type identifier is used to declare functions
* which cannot return.
* Compilers can thus create more optimized code and perform
* better checks for warnings and errors.
* Static analyzer tools can make improved inferences about
* execution paths and are prevented from giving false alerts.
*
* Unfortunately, the proposed specifications of corresponding
* extensions in the Dec 2011 ISO C standard revision (C11),
* GCC, MSVC, etc. are not viable.
* Thus we introduce a user defined type to declare noreturn
* functions at least for clarity. A proper compiler would
* have a suitable noreturn type to match in place of void.
*/
#ifndef HAVE_NORETURN_T
typedef void noreturn_t;
#endif
/* Here is the pseudo-keyword for declaring pointers that must be "far"
* on 80x86 machines. Most of the specialized coding for 80x86 is handled
* by just saying "FAR *" where such a pointer is needed. In a few places
* explicit coding is needed; see uses of the NEED_FAR_POINTERS symbol.
*/
#ifndef FAR
#ifdef NEED_FAR_POINTERS
#define FAR far
#else
#define FAR
#endif
#endif
/*
* On a few systems, type boolean and/or its values FALSE, TRUE may appear
* in standard header files. Or you may have conflicts with application-
* specific header files that you want to include together with these files.
* Defining HAVE_BOOLEAN before including jpeglib.h should make it work.
*/
#ifndef HAVE_BOOLEAN
#if defined FALSE || defined TRUE || defined QGLOBAL_H
/* Qt3 defines FALSE and TRUE as "const" variables in qglobal.h */
typedef int boolean;
#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */
#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */
#endif
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE 1
#endif
#else
typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE = 1 } boolean;
#endif
#endif
/*
* The remaining options affect code selection within the JPEG library,
* but they don't need to be visible to most applications using the library.
* To minimize application namespace pollution, the symbols won't be
* defined unless JPEG_INTERNALS or JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS has been defined.
*/
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS
#define JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
#endif
#ifdef JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS
/*
* These defines indicate whether to include various optional functions.
* Undefining some of these symbols will produce a smaller but less capable
* library. Note that you can leave certain source files out of the
* compilation/linking process if you've #undef'd the corresponding symbols.
* (You may HAVE to do that if your compiler doesn't like null source files.)
*/
/* Capability options common to encoder and decoder: */
#define DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */
#define DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED /* faster, less accurate integer method */
#define DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */
/* Encoder capability options: */
#define C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */
#define C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
#define C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
#define DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Input rescaling via DCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/
#define ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED /* Optimization of entropy coding parms? */
/* Note: if you selected more than 8-bit data precision, it is dangerous to
* turn off ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED. The standard Huffman tables are only
* good for 8-bit precision, so arithmetic coding is recommended for higher
* precision. The Huffman encoder normally uses entropy optimization to
* compute usable tables for higher precision. Otherwise, you'll have to
* supply different default Huffman tables.
* The exact same statements apply for progressive JPEG: the default tables
* don't work for progressive mode. (This may get fixed, however.)
*/
#define INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Input image smoothing option? */
/* Decoder capability options: */
#define D_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */
#define D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */
#define D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/
#define IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling via IDCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/
#define SAVE_MARKERS_SUPPORTED /* jpeg_save_markers() needed? */
#define BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Block smoothing? (Progressive only) */
#undef UPSAMPLE_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling at upsample stage? */
#define UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED /* Fast path for sloppy upsampling? */
#define QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED /* 1-pass color quantization? */
#define QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED /* 2-pass color quantization? */
/* more capability options later, no doubt */
/*
* Ordering of RGB data in scanlines passed to or from the application.
* If your application wants to deal with data in the order B,G,R, just
* change these macros. You can also deal with formats such as R,G,B,X
* (one extra byte per pixel) by changing RGB_PIXELSIZE. Note that changing
* the offsets will also change the order in which colormap data is organized.
* RESTRICTIONS:
* 1. The sample applications cjpeg,djpeg do NOT support modified RGB formats.
* 2. The color quantizer modules will not behave desirably if RGB_PIXELSIZE
* is not 3 (they don't understand about dummy color components!). So you
* can't use color quantization if you change that value.
*/
#define RGB_RED 0 /* Offset of Red in an RGB scanline element */
#define RGB_GREEN 1 /* Offset of Green */
#define RGB_BLUE 2 /* Offset of Blue */
#define RGB_PIXELSIZE 3 /* JSAMPLEs per RGB scanline element */
/* Definitions for speed-related optimizations. */
/* If your compiler supports inline functions, define INLINE
* as the inline keyword; otherwise define it as empty.
*/
#ifndef INLINE
#ifdef __GNUC__ /* for instance, GNU C knows about inline */
#define INLINE __inline__
#endif
#ifndef INLINE
#define INLINE /* default is to define it as empty */
#endif
#endif
/* On some machines (notably 68000 series) "int" is 32 bits, but multiplying
* two 16-bit shorts is faster than multiplying two ints. Define MULTIPLIER
* as short on such a machine. MULTIPLIER must be at least 16 bits wide.
*/
#ifndef MULTIPLIER
#define MULTIPLIER int /* type for fastest integer multiply */
#endif
/* FAST_FLOAT should be either float or double, whichever is done faster
* by your compiler. (Note that this type is only used in the floating point
* DCT routines, so it only matters if you've defined DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED.)
* Typically, float is faster in ANSI C compilers, while double is faster in
* pre-ANSI compilers (because they insist on converting to double anyway).
* The code below therefore chooses float if we have ANSI-style prototypes.
*/
#ifndef FAST_FLOAT
#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES
#define FAST_FLOAT float
#else
#define FAST_FLOAT double
#endif
#endif
#endif /* JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS */

1183
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/jpeg/jpeglib.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

689
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/mbedtls/aes.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,689 @@
/**
* \file aes.h
*
* \brief This file contains AES definitions and functions.
*
* The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) specifies a FIPS-approved
* cryptographic algorithm that can be used to protect electronic
* data.
*
* The AES algorithm is a symmetric block cipher that can
* encrypt and decrypt information. For more information, see
* <em>FIPS Publication 197: Advanced Encryption Standard</em> and
* <em>ISO/IEC 18033-2:2006: Information technology -- Security
* techniques -- Encryption algorithms -- Part 2: Asymmetric
* ciphers</em>.
*
* The AES-XTS block mode is standardized by NIST SP 800-38E
* <https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/legacy/sp/nistspecialpublication800-38e.pdf>
* and described in detail by IEEE P1619
* <https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/servlet/opac?punumber=4375278>.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_AES_H
#define MBEDTLS_AES_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/* padlock.c and aesni.c rely on these values! */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT 1 /**< AES encryption. */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT 0 /**< AES decryption. */
/* Error codes in range 0x0020-0x0022 */
/** Invalid key length. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH -0x0020
/** Invalid data input length. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0022
/* Error codes in range 0x0021-0x0025 */
/** Invalid input data. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0021
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE is deprecated and should not be used. */
/** Feature not available. For example, an unsupported AES key size. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x0023
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */
/** AES hardware accelerator failed. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0025
#if ( defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) || defined(_MSC_VER) ) && \
!defined(inline) && !defined(__cplusplus)
#define inline __inline
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief The AES context-type definition.
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_aes_context
{
int nr; /*!< The number of rounds. */
uint32_t *rk; /*!< AES round keys. */
uint32_t buf[68]; /*!< Unaligned data buffer. This buffer can
hold 32 extra Bytes, which can be used for
one of the following purposes:
<ul><li>Alignment if VIA padlock is
used.</li>
<li>Simplifying key expansion in the 256-bit
case by generating an extra round key.
</li></ul> */
}
mbedtls_aes_context;
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
/**
* \brief The AES XTS context-type definition.
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_aes_xts_context
{
mbedtls_aes_context crypt; /*!< The AES context to use for AES block
encryption or decryption. */
mbedtls_aes_context tweak; /*!< The AES context used for tweak
computation. */
} mbedtls_aes_xts_context;
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
#else /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */
#include "aes_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */
/**
* \brief This function initializes the specified AES context.
*
* It must be the first API called before using
* the context.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_aes_init( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function releases and clears the specified AES context.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to clear.
* If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
* Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized.
*/
void mbedtls_aes_free( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
/**
* \brief This function initializes the specified AES XTS context.
*
* It must be the first API called before using
* the context.
*
* \param ctx The AES XTS context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_aes_xts_init( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function releases and clears the specified AES XTS context.
*
* \param ctx The AES XTS context to clear.
* If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
* Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized.
*/
void mbedtls_aes_xts_free( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
/**
* \brief This function sets the encryption key.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to which the key should be bound.
* It must be initialized.
* \param key The encryption key.
* This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
* \param keybits The size of data passed in bits. Valid options are:
* <ul><li>128 bits</li>
* <li>192 bits</li>
* <li>256 bits</li></ul>
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief This function sets the decryption key.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to which the key should be bound.
* It must be initialized.
* \param key The decryption key.
* This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
* \param keybits The size of data passed. Valid options are:
* <ul><li>128 bits</li>
* <li>192 bits</li>
* <li>256 bits</li></ul>
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
/**
* \brief This function prepares an XTS context for encryption and
* sets the encryption key.
*
* \param ctx The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound.
* It must be initialized.
* \param key The encryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1
* concatenated with the XTS key2.
* This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
* \param keybits The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are:
* <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li>
* <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul>
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_enc( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief This function prepares an XTS context for decryption and
* sets the decryption key.
*
* \param ctx The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound.
* It must be initialized.
* \param key The decryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1
* concatenated with the XTS key2.
* This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
* \param keybits The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are:
* <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li>
* <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul>
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_dec( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
/**
* \brief This function performs an AES single-block encryption or
* decryption operation.
*
* It performs the operation defined in the \p mode parameter
* (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
* the \p input parameter.
*
* mbedtls_aes_init(), and either mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or
* mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called before the first
* call to this API with the same context.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
* #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* It must be readable and at least \c 16 Bytes long.
* \param output The buffer where the output data will be written.
* It must be writeable and at least \c 16 Bytes long.
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
int mode,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
/**
* \brief This function performs an AES-CBC encryption or decryption operation
* on full blocks.
*
* It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
* the \p input parameter.
*
* It can be called as many times as needed, until all the input
* data is processed. mbedtls_aes_init(), and either
* mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called
* before the first call to this API with the same context.
*
* \note This function operates on full blocks, that is, the input size
* must be a multiple of the AES block size of \c 16 Bytes.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the same function again on the next
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If you need to retain the contents of the IV, you should
* either save it manually or use the cipher module instead.
*
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
* #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a
* multiple of the block size (\c 16 Bytes).
* \param iv Initialization vector (updated after use).
* It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data.
* It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH
* on failure.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
unsigned char iv[16],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
/**
* \brief This function performs an AES-XTS encryption or decryption
* operation for an entire XTS data unit.
*
* AES-XTS encrypts or decrypts blocks based on their location as
* defined by a data unit number. The data unit number must be
* provided by \p data_unit.
*
* NIST SP 800-38E limits the maximum size of a data unit to 2^20
* AES blocks. If the data unit is larger than this, this function
* returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH.
*
* \param ctx The AES XTS context to use for AES XTS operations.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
* #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
* \param length The length of a data unit in Bytes. This can be any
* length between 16 bytes and 2^24 bytes inclusive
* (between 1 and 2^20 block cipher blocks).
* \param data_unit The address of the data unit encoded as an array of 16
* bytes in little-endian format. For disk encryption, this
* is typically the index of the block device sector that
* contains the data.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data (which is an entire
* data unit). This function reads \p length Bytes from \p
* input.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data (which is an entire
* data unit). This function writes \p length Bytes to \p
* output.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH if \p length is
* smaller than an AES block in size (16 Bytes) or if \p
* length is larger than 2^20 blocks (16 MiB).
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_xts( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
const unsigned char data_unit[16],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
/**
* \brief This function performs an AES-CFB128 encryption or decryption
* operation.
*
* It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer
* defined in the \p input parameter.
*
* For CFB, you must set up the context with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(),
* regardless of whether you are performing an encryption or decryption
* operation, that is, regardless of the \p mode parameter. This is
* because CFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
* decryption.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the same function again on the next
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you must either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
* #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use).
* It must point to a valid \c size_t.
* \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use).
* It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data.
* It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
size_t *iv_off,
unsigned char iv[16],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
/**
* \brief This function performs an AES-CFB8 encryption or decryption
* operation.
*
* It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined
* in the \p input parameter.
*
* Due to the nature of CFB, you must use the same key schedule for
* both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you must
* use the context initialized with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() for
* both #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the same function again on the next
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
* #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT
* \param length The length of the input data.
* \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use).
* It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data.
* It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb8( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
unsigned char iv[16],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /*MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB)
/**
* \brief This function performs an AES-OFB (Output Feedback Mode)
* encryption or decryption operation.
*
* For OFB, you must set up the context with
* mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(), regardless of whether you are
* performing an encryption or decryption operation. This is
* because OFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
* decryption.
*
* The OFB operation is identical for encryption or decryption,
* therefore no operation mode needs to be specified.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of iv, the Initialisation Vector, is
* updated so that you can call the same function again on the next
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was encrypted
* in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage, by initialising
* iv_off to 0 before the first call, and preserving its value
* between calls.
*
* For non-streaming use, the iv should be initialised on each call
* to a unique value, and iv_off set to 0 on each call.
*
* If you need to retain the contents of the initialisation vector,
* you must either save it manually or use the cipher module
* instead.
*
* \warning For the OFB mode, the initialisation vector must be unique
* every encryption operation. Reuse of an initialisation vector
* will compromise security.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data.
* \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use).
* It must point to a valid \c size_t.
* \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use).
* It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data.
* It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ofb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
size_t length,
size_t *iv_off,
unsigned char iv[16],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
/**
* \brief This function performs an AES-CTR encryption or decryption
* operation.
*
* Due to the nature of CTR, you must use the same key schedule
* for both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you
* must use the context initialized with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc()
* for both #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
*
* \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
* would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
* the same nonce and key.
*
* There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
*
* 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
* successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
* set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
* then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
* stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
* updated by this function.
*
* With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128
* blocks of data with the same key.
*
* 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
* nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
* per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
* updated by this function internally.
*
* For example, you might reserve the first 12 bytes for the
* per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that
* case, before calling this function on a new message you need to
* set the first 12 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce
* value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p
* stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most
* 2**96 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key.
*
* The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
* it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique.
* The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message
* counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, but this
* limits the number of messages that can be securely encrypted:
* for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should not encrypt
* more than 2**32 messages with the same key.
*
* Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
* that an AES block is 16 bytes.
*
* \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
* content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
* securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data.
* \param nc_off The offset in the current \p stream_block, for
* resuming within the current cipher stream. The
* offset pointer should be 0 at the start of a stream.
* It must point to a valid \c size_t.
* \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter.
* It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param stream_block The saved stream block for resuming. This is
* overwritten by the function.
* It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data.
* It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
size_t length,
size_t *nc_off,
unsigned char nonce_counter[16],
unsigned char stream_block[16],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
/**
* \brief Internal AES block encryption function. This is only
* exposed to allow overriding it using
* \c MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT_ALT.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption.
* \param input The plaintext block.
* \param output The output (ciphertext) block.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_internal_aes_encrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
/**
* \brief Internal AES block decryption function. This is only
* exposed to allow overriding it using see
* \c MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT_ALT.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for decryption.
* \param input The ciphertext block.
* \param output The output (plaintext) block.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL
int mbedtls_internal_aes_decrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif
/**
* \brief Deprecated internal AES block encryption function
* without return value.
*
* \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_internal_aes_encrypt()
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption.
* \param input Plaintext block.
* \param output Output (ciphertext) block.
*/
MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_aes_encrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
/**
* \brief Deprecated internal AES block decryption function
* without return value.
*
* \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_internal_aes_decrypt()
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for decryption.
* \param input Ciphertext block.
* \param output Output (plaintext) block.
*/
MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_aes_decrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
#undef MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return \c 1 on failure.
*/
MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL
int mbedtls_aes_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* aes.h */

136
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/mbedtls/aesni.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/**
* \file aesni.h
*
* \brief AES-NI for hardware AES acceleration on some Intel processors
*
* \warning These functions are only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call them directly.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_AESNI_H
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "mbedtls/aes.h"
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_AES 0x02000000u
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_CLMUL 0x00000002u
#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM) && defined(__GNUC__) && \
( defined(__amd64__) || defined(__x86_64__) ) && \
! defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86_64)
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86_64
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86_64)
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Internal function to detect the AES-NI feature in CPUs.
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param what The feature to detect
* (MBEDTLS_AESNI_AES or MBEDTLS_AESNI_CLMUL)
*
* \return 1 if CPU has support for the feature, 0 otherwise
*/
int mbedtls_aesni_has_support( unsigned int what );
/**
* \brief Internal AES-NI AES-ECB block encryption and decryption
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param ctx AES context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT
* \param input 16-byte input block
* \param output 16-byte output block
*
* \return 0 on success (cannot fail)
*/
int mbedtls_aesni_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
int mode,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
/**
* \brief Internal GCM multiplication: c = a * b in GF(2^128)
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param c Result
* \param a First operand
* \param b Second operand
*
* \note Both operands and result are bit strings interpreted as
* elements of GF(2^128) as per the GCM spec.
*/
void mbedtls_aesni_gcm_mult( unsigned char c[16],
const unsigned char a[16],
const unsigned char b[16] );
/**
* \brief Internal round key inversion. This function computes
* decryption round keys from the encryption round keys.
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param invkey Round keys for the equivalent inverse cipher
* \param fwdkey Original round keys (for encryption)
* \param nr Number of rounds (that is, number of round keys minus one)
*/
void mbedtls_aesni_inverse_key( unsigned char *invkey,
const unsigned char *fwdkey,
int nr );
/**
* \brief Internal key expansion for encryption
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param rk Destination buffer where the round keys are written
* \param key Encryption key
* \param bits Key size in bits (must be 128, 192 or 256)
*
* \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH
*/
int mbedtls_aesni_setkey_enc( unsigned char *rk,
const unsigned char *key,
size_t bits );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86_64 */
#endif /* MBEDTLS_AESNI_H */

145
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/mbedtls/arc4.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
/**
* \file arc4.h
*
* \brief The ARCFOUR stream cipher
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers instead.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ARC4_H
#define MBEDTLS_ARC4_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_ARC4_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */
/** ARC4 hardware accelerator failed. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARC4_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0019
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARC4_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief ARC4 context structure
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers instead.
*
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_arc4_context
{
int x; /*!< permutation index */
int y; /*!< permutation index */
unsigned char m[256]; /*!< permutation table */
}
mbedtls_arc4_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_ARC4_ALT */
#include "arc4_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ARC4_ALT */
/**
* \brief Initialize ARC4 context
*
* \param ctx ARC4 context to be initialized
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
void mbedtls_arc4_init( mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Clear ARC4 context
*
* \param ctx ARC4 context to be cleared
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
void mbedtls_arc4_free( mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief ARC4 key schedule
*
* \param ctx ARC4 context to be setup
* \param key the secret key
* \param keylen length of the key, in bytes
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
void mbedtls_arc4_setup( mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keylen );
/**
* \brief ARC4 cipher function
*
* \param ctx ARC4 context
* \param length length of the input data
* \param input buffer holding the input data
* \param output buffer for the output data
*
* \return 0 if successful
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
int mbedtls_arc4_crypt( mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx, size_t length, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine
*
* \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
int mbedtls_arc4_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* arc4.h */

373
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/mbedtls/aria.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
/**
* \file aria.h
*
* \brief ARIA block cipher
*
* The ARIA algorithm is a symmetric block cipher that can encrypt and
* decrypt information. It is defined by the Korean Agency for
* Technology and Standards (KATS) in <em>KS X 1213:2004</em> (in
* Korean, but see http://210.104.33.10/ARIA/index-e.html in English)
* and also described by the IETF in <em>RFC 5794</em>.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ARIA_H
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT 1 /**< ARIA encryption. */
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT 0 /**< ARIA decryption. */
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE 16 /**< ARIA block size in bytes. */
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_ROUNDS 16 /**< Maximum number of rounds in ARIA. */
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_KEYSIZE 32 /**< Maximum size of an ARIA key in bytes. */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT( -0x005C )
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
/** Bad input data. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x005C
/** Invalid data input length. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x005E
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE is deprecated and should not be used.
*/
/** Feature not available. For example, an unsupported ARIA key size. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x005A
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */
/** ARIA hardware accelerator failed. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0058
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief The ARIA context-type definition.
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_aria_context
{
unsigned char nr; /*!< The number of rounds (12, 14 or 16) */
/*! The ARIA round keys. */
uint32_t rk[MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_ROUNDS + 1][MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE / 4];
}
mbedtls_aria_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT */
#include "aria_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT */
/**
* \brief This function initializes the specified ARIA context.
*
* It must be the first API called before using
* the context.
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_aria_init( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function releases and clears the specified ARIA context.
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
* case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL,
* it must point to an initialized ARIA context.
*/
void mbedtls_aria_free( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function sets the encryption key.
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to which the key should be bound.
* This must be initialized.
* \param key The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer
* of size \p keybits Bits.
* \param keybits The size of \p key in Bits. Valid options are:
* <ul><li>128 bits</li>
* <li>192 bits</li>
* <li>256 bits</li></ul>
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief This function sets the decryption key.
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to which the key should be bound.
* This must be initialized.
* \param key The decryption key. This must be a readable buffer
* of size \p keybits Bits.
* \param keybits The size of data passed. Valid options are:
* <ul><li>128 bits</li>
* <li>192 bits</li>
* <li>256 bits</li></ul>
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief This function performs an ARIA single-block encryption or
* decryption operation.
*
* It performs encryption or decryption (depending on whether
* the key was set for encryption on decryption) on the input
* data buffer defined in the \p input parameter.
*
* mbedtls_aria_init(), and either mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc() or
* mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec() must be called before the first
* call to this API with the same context.
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
* This must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param input The 16-Byte buffer holding the input data.
* \param output The 16-Byte buffer holding the output data.
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
unsigned char output[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE] );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
/**
* \brief This function performs an ARIA-CBC encryption or decryption operation
* on full blocks.
*
* It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
* the \p input parameter.
*
* It can be called as many times as needed, until all the input
* data is processed. mbedtls_aria_init(), and either
* mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc() or mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec() must be called
* before the first call to this API with the same context.
*
* \note This function operates on aligned blocks, that is, the input size
* must be a multiple of the ARIA block size of 16 Bytes.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the same function again on the next
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If you need to retain the contents of the IV, you should
* either save it manually or use the cipher module instead.
*
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
* This must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either
* #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a
* multiple of the block size (16 Bytes).
* \param iv Initialization vector (updated after use).
* This must be a readable buffer of size 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must
* be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must
* be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
/**
* \brief This function performs an ARIA-CFB128 encryption or decryption
* operation.
*
* It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer
* defined in the \p input parameter.
*
* For CFB, you must set up the context with mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc(),
* regardless of whether you are performing an encryption or decryption
* operation, that is, regardless of the \p mode parameter. This is
* because CFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
* decryption.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the same function again on the next
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you must either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
* This must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either
* #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
* \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use).
* This must not be larger than 15.
* \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use).
* This must be a readable buffer of size 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must
* be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must
* be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
size_t *iv_off,
unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
/**
* \brief This function performs an ARIA-CTR encryption or decryption
* operation.
*
* This function performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer
* defined in the \p input parameter.
*
* Due to the nature of CTR, you must use the same key schedule
* for both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you
* must use the context initialized with mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc()
* for both #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT.
*
* \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
* would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
* the same nonce and key.
*
* There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
*
* 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
* successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
* set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
* then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
* stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
* updated by this function.
*
* With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128
* blocks of data with the same key.
*
* 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
* nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
* per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
* updated by this function internally.
*
* For example, you might reserve the first 12 bytes for the
* per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that
* case, before calling this function on a new message you need to
* set the first 12 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce
* value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p
* stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most
* 2**96 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key.
*
* The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
* it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique.
* The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message
* counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, but this
* limits the number of messages that can be securely encrypted:
* for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should not encrypt
* more than 2**32 messages with the same key.
*
* Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
* that an ARIA block is 16 bytes.
*
* \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
* content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
* securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
* This must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
* \param nc_off The offset in Bytes in the current \p stream_block,
* for resuming within the current cipher stream. The
* offset pointer should be \c 0 at the start of a
* stream. This must not be larger than \c 15 Bytes.
* \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. This must point to
* a read/write buffer of length \c 16 bytes.
* \param stream_block The saved stream block for resuming. This must
* point to a read/write buffer of length \c 16 bytes.
* This is overwritten by the function.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must
* be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must
* be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
size_t length,
size_t *nc_off,
unsigned char nonce_counter[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
unsigned char stream_block[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine.
*
* \return \c 0 on success, or \c 1 on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* aria.h */

616
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/mbedtls/asn1.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,616 @@
/**
* \file asn1.h
*
* \brief Generic ASN.1 parsing
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ASN1_H
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
#endif
/**
* \addtogroup asn1_module
* \{
*/
/**
* \name ASN1 Error codes
* These error codes are OR'ed to X509 error codes for
* higher error granularity.
* ASN1 is a standard to specify data structures.
* \{
*/
/** Out of data when parsing an ASN1 data structure. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA -0x0060
/** ASN1 tag was of an unexpected value. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG -0x0062
/** Error when trying to determine the length or invalid length. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH -0x0064
/** Actual length differs from expected length. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH -0x0066
/** Data is invalid. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA -0x0068
/** Memory allocation failed */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED -0x006A
/** Buffer too small when writing ASN.1 data structure. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_BUF_TOO_SMALL -0x006C
/** \} name ASN1 Error codes */
/**
* \name DER constants
* These constants comply with the DER encoded ASN.1 type tags.
* DER encoding uses hexadecimal representation.
* An example DER sequence is:\n
* - 0x02 -- tag indicating INTEGER
* - 0x01 -- length in octets
* - 0x05 -- value
* Such sequences are typically read into \c ::mbedtls_x509_buf.
* \{
*/
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_BOOLEAN 0x01
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER 0x02
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING 0x03
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING 0x04
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL 0x05
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID 0x06
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_ENUMERATED 0x0A
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING 0x0C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_SEQUENCE 0x10
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_SET 0x11
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING 0x13
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_T61_STRING 0x14
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING 0x16
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTC_TIME 0x17
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_GENERALIZED_TIME 0x18
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UNIVERSAL_STRING 0x1C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_BMP_STRING 0x1E
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRIMITIVE 0x00
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED 0x20
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC 0x80
/* Slightly smaller way to check if tag is a string tag
* compared to canonical implementation. */
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_IS_STRING_TAG( tag ) \
( ( tag ) < 32u && ( \
( ( 1u << ( tag ) ) & ( ( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_BMP_STRING ) | \
( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING ) | \
( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_T61_STRING ) | \
( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING ) | \
( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_UNIVERSAL_STRING ) | \
( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING ) | \
( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING ) ) ) != 0 ) )
/*
* Bit masks for each of the components of an ASN.1 tag as specified in
* ITU X.690 (08/2015), section 8.1 "General rules for encoding",
* paragraph 8.1.2.2:
*
* Bit 8 7 6 5 1
* +-------+-----+------------+
* | Class | P/C | Tag number |
* +-------+-----+------------+
*/
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_CLASS_MASK 0xC0
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_PC_MASK 0x20
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_VALUE_MASK 0x1F
/** \} name DER constants */
/** Returns the size of the binary string, without the trailing \\0 */
#define MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) - 1)
/**
* Compares an mbedtls_asn1_buf structure to a reference OID.
*
* Only works for 'defined' oid_str values (MBEDTLS_OID_HMAC_SHA1), you cannot use a
* 'unsigned char *oid' here!
*/
#define MBEDTLS_OID_CMP(oid_str, oid_buf) \
( ( MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(oid_str) != (oid_buf)->len ) || \
memcmp( (oid_str), (oid_buf)->p, (oid_buf)->len) != 0 )
#define MBEDTLS_OID_CMP_RAW(oid_str, oid_buf, oid_buf_len) \
( ( MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(oid_str) != (oid_buf_len) ) || \
memcmp( (oid_str), (oid_buf), (oid_buf_len) ) != 0 )
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \name Functions to parse ASN.1 data structures
* \{
*/
/**
* Type-length-value structure that allows for ASN1 using DER.
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_buf
{
int tag; /**< ASN1 type, e.g. MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING. */
size_t len; /**< ASN1 length, in octets. */
unsigned char *p; /**< ASN1 data, e.g. in ASCII. */
}
mbedtls_asn1_buf;
/**
* Container for ASN1 bit strings.
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_bitstring
{
size_t len; /**< ASN1 length, in octets. */
unsigned char unused_bits; /**< Number of unused bits at the end of the string */
unsigned char *p; /**< Raw ASN1 data for the bit string */
}
mbedtls_asn1_bitstring;
/**
* Container for a sequence of ASN.1 items
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_sequence
{
mbedtls_asn1_buf buf; /**< Buffer containing the given ASN.1 item. */
struct mbedtls_asn1_sequence *next; /**< The next entry in the sequence. */
}
mbedtls_asn1_sequence;
/**
* Container for a sequence or list of 'named' ASN.1 data items
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_asn1_named_data
{
mbedtls_asn1_buf oid; /**< The object identifier. */
mbedtls_asn1_buf val; /**< The named value. */
struct mbedtls_asn1_named_data *next; /**< The next entry in the sequence. */
unsigned char next_merged; /**< Merge next item into the current one? */
}
mbedtls_asn1_named_data;
/**
* \brief Get the length of an ASN.1 element.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the length.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the first byte of the length,
* i.e. immediately after the tag.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* after the length, i.e. the first byte of the content.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param len On successful completion, \c *len contains the length
* read from the ASN.1 input.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA if the ASN.1 element
* would end beyond \p end.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the length is unparsable.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_len( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
size_t *len );
/**
* \brief Get the tag and length of the element.
* Check for the requested tag.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the tag and length.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* after the length, i.e. the first byte of the content.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param len On successful completion, \c *len contains the length
* read from the ASN.1 input.
* \param tag The expected tag.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the data does not start
* with the requested tag.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA if the ASN.1 element
* would end beyond \p end.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the length is unparsable.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_tag( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
size_t *len, int tag );
/**
* \brief Retrieve a boolean ASN.1 tag and its value.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* beyond the ASN.1 element.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param val On success, the parsed value (\c 0 or \c 1).
*
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 BOOLEAN.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_bool( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
int *val );
/**
* \brief Retrieve an integer ASN.1 tag and its value.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* beyond the ASN.1 element.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param val On success, the parsed value.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 INTEGER.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does
* not fit in an \c int.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_int( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
int *val );
/**
* \brief Retrieve an enumerated ASN.1 tag and its value.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* beyond the ASN.1 element.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param val On success, the parsed value.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 ENUMERATED.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does
* not fit in an \c int.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_enum( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
int *val );
/**
* \brief Retrieve a bitstring ASN.1 tag and its value.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p is equal to \p end.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param bs On success, ::mbedtls_asn1_bitstring information about
* the parsed value.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input contains
* extra data after a valid BIT STRING.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 BIT STRING.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_bitstring( unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end,
mbedtls_asn1_bitstring *bs );
/**
* \brief Retrieve a bitstring ASN.1 tag without unused bits and its
* value.
* Updates the pointer to the beginning of the bit/octet string.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* of the content of the BIT STRING.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param len On success, \c *len is the length of the content in bytes.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA if the input starts with
* a valid BIT STRING with a nonzero number of unused bits.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 BIT STRING.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_bitstring_null( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
size_t *len );
/**
* \brief Parses and splits an ASN.1 "SEQUENCE OF <tag>".
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full sequence tag.
*
* This function allocates memory for the sequence elements. You can free
* the allocated memory with mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free().
*
* \note On error, this function may return a partial list in \p cur.
* You must set `cur->next = NULL` before calling this function!
* Otherwise it is impossible to distinguish a previously non-null
* pointer from a pointer to an object allocated by this function.
*
* \note If the sequence is empty, this function does not modify
* \c *cur. If the sequence is valid and non-empty, this
* function sets `cur->buf.tag` to \p tag. This allows
* callers to distinguish between an empty sequence and
* a one-element sequence.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p is equal to \p end.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param cur A ::mbedtls_asn1_sequence which this function fills.
* When this function returns, \c *cur is the head of a linked
* list. Each node in this list is allocated with
* mbedtls_calloc() apart from \p cur itself, and should
* therefore be freed with mbedtls_free().
* The list describes the content of the sequence.
* The head of the list (i.e. \c *cur itself) describes the
* first element, `*cur->next` describes the second element, etc.
* For each element, `buf.tag == tag`, `buf.len` is the length
* of the content of the content of the element, and `buf.p`
* points to the first byte of the content (i.e. immediately
* past the length of the element).
* Note that list elements may be allocated even on error.
* \param tag Each element of the sequence must have this tag.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input contains
* extra data after a valid SEQUENCE OF \p tag.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the input starts with
* an ASN.1 SEQUENCE in which an element has a tag that
* is different from \p tag.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 SEQUENCE.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
mbedtls_asn1_sequence *cur,
int tag );
/**
* \brief Free a heap-allocated linked list presentation of
* an ASN.1 sequence, including the first element.
*
* There are two common ways to manage the memory used for the representation
* of a parsed ASN.1 sequence:
* - Allocate a head node `mbedtls_asn1_sequence *head` with mbedtls_calloc().
* Pass this node as the `cur` argument to mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of().
* When you have finished processing the sequence,
* call mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free() on `head`.
* - Allocate a head node `mbedtls_asn1_sequence *head` in any manner,
* for example on the stack. Make sure that `head->next == NULL`.
* Pass `head` as the `cur` argument to mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of().
* When you have finished processing the sequence,
* call mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free() on `head->cur`,
* then free `head` itself in the appropriate manner.
*
* \param seq The address of the first sequence component. This may
* be \c NULL, in which case this functions returns
* immediately.
*/
void mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free( mbedtls_asn1_sequence *seq );
/**
* \brief Traverse an ASN.1 SEQUENCE container and
* call a callback for each entry.
*
* This function checks that the input is a SEQUENCE of elements that
* each have a "must" tag, and calls a callback function on the elements
* that have a "may" tag.
*
* For example, to validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of `tag1` and call
* `cb` on each element, use
* ```
* mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0xff, tag1, 0, 0, cb, ctx);
* ```
*
* To validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of ANY and call `cb` on
* each element, use
* ```
* mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0, 0, 0, 0, cb, ctx);
* ```
*
* To validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of CHOICE {NULL, OCTET STRING}
* and call `cb` on each element that is an OCTET STRING, use
* ```
* mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0xfe, 0x04, 0xff, 0x04, cb, ctx);
* ```
*
* The callback is called on the elements with a "may" tag from left to
* right. If the input is not a valid SEQUENCE of elements with a "must" tag,
* the callback is called on the elements up to the leftmost point where
* the input is invalid.
*
* \warning This function is still experimental and may change
* at any time.
*
* \param p The address of the pointer to the beginning of
* the ASN.1 SEQUENCE header. This is updated to
* point to the end of the ASN.1 SEQUENCE container
* on a successful invocation.
* \param end The end of the ASN.1 SEQUENCE container.
* \param tag_must_mask A mask to be applied to the ASN.1 tags found within
* the SEQUENCE before comparing to \p tag_must_value.
* \param tag_must_val The required value of each ASN.1 tag found in the
* SEQUENCE, after masking with \p tag_must_mask.
* Mismatching tags lead to an error.
* For example, a value of \c 0 for both \p tag_must_mask
* and \p tag_must_val means that every tag is allowed,
* while a value of \c 0xFF for \p tag_must_mask means
* that \p tag_must_val is the only allowed tag.
* \param tag_may_mask A mask to be applied to the ASN.1 tags found within
* the SEQUENCE before comparing to \p tag_may_value.
* \param tag_may_val The desired value of each ASN.1 tag found in the
* SEQUENCE, after masking with \p tag_may_mask.
* Mismatching tags will be silently ignored.
* For example, a value of \c 0 for \p tag_may_mask and
* \p tag_may_val means that any tag will be considered,
* while a value of \c 0xFF for \p tag_may_mask means
* that all tags with value different from \p tag_may_val
* will be ignored.
* \param cb The callback to trigger for each component
* in the ASN.1 SEQUENCE that matches \p tag_may_val.
* The callback function is called with the following
* parameters:
* - \p ctx.
* - The tag of the current element.
* - A pointer to the start of the current element's
* content inside the input.
* - The length of the content of the current element.
* If the callback returns a non-zero value,
* the function stops immediately,
* forwarding the callback's return value.
* \param ctx The context to be passed to the callback \p cb.
*
* \return \c 0 if successful the entire ASN.1 SEQUENCE
* was traversed without parsing or callback errors.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input
* contains extra data after a valid SEQUENCE
* of elements with an accepted tag.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the input starts
* with an ASN.1 SEQUENCE in which an element has a tag
* that is not accepted.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 SEQUENCE.
* \return A non-zero error code forwarded from the callback
* \p cb in case the latter returns a non-zero value.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(
unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
unsigned char tag_must_mask, unsigned char tag_must_val,
unsigned char tag_may_mask, unsigned char tag_may_val,
int (*cb)( void *ctx, int tag,
unsigned char* start, size_t len ),
void *ctx );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
/**
* \brief Retrieve an integer ASN.1 tag and its value.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* beyond the ASN.1 element.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param X On success, the parsed value.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 INTEGER.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does
* not fit in an \c int.
* \return An MPI error code if the parsed value is too large.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_mpi( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
mbedtls_mpi *X );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C */
/**
* \brief Retrieve an AlgorithmIdentifier ASN.1 sequence.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full
* AlgorithmIdentifier.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* beyond the AlgorithmIdentifier element.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param alg The buffer to receive the OID.
* \param params The buffer to receive the parameters.
* This is zeroized if there are no parameters.
*
* \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 or MPI error code.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_alg( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
mbedtls_asn1_buf *alg, mbedtls_asn1_buf *params );
/**
* \brief Retrieve an AlgorithmIdentifier ASN.1 sequence with NULL or no
* params.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full
* AlgorithmIdentifier.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* beyond the AlgorithmIdentifier element.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param alg The buffer to receive the OID.
*
* \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 or MPI error code.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_alg_null( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
mbedtls_asn1_buf *alg );
/**
* \brief Find a specific named_data entry in a sequence or list based on
* the OID.
*
* \param list The list to seek through
* \param oid The OID to look for
* \param len Size of the OID
*
* \return NULL if not found, or a pointer to the existing entry.
*/
mbedtls_asn1_named_data *mbedtls_asn1_find_named_data( mbedtls_asn1_named_data *list,
const char *oid, size_t len );
/**
* \brief Free a mbedtls_asn1_named_data entry
*
* \param entry The named data entry to free.
* This function calls mbedtls_free() on
* `entry->oid.p` and `entry->val.p`.
*/
void mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data( mbedtls_asn1_named_data *entry );
/**
* \brief Free all entries in a mbedtls_asn1_named_data list.
*
* \param head Pointer to the head of the list of named data entries to free.
* This function calls mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data() and
* mbedtls_free() on each list element and
* sets \c *head to \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list( mbedtls_asn1_named_data **head );
/** \} name Functions to parse ASN.1 data structures */
/** \} addtogroup asn1_module */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* asn1.h */

370
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
/**
* \file asn1write.h
*
* \brief ASN.1 buffer writing functionality
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CHK_ADD(g, f) \
do \
{ \
if( ( ret = (f) ) < 0 ) \
return( ret ); \
else \
(g) += ret; \
} while( 0 )
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Write a length field in ASN.1 format.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param len The length value to write.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_len( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
size_t len );
/**
* \brief Write an ASN.1 tag in ASN.1 format.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param tag The tag to write.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_tag( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
unsigned char tag );
/**
* \brief Write raw buffer data.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param buf The data buffer to write.
* \param size The length of the data buffer.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_raw_buffer( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t size );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
/**
* \brief Write a arbitrary-precision number (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER)
* in ASN.1 format.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param X The MPI to write.
* It must be non-negative.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_mpi( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const mbedtls_mpi *X );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C */
/**
* \brief Write a NULL tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL) with zero data
* in ASN.1 format.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_null( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start );
/**
* \brief Write an OID tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID) and data
* in ASN.1 format.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param oid The OID to write.
* \param oid_len The length of the OID.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_oid( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const char *oid, size_t oid_len );
/**
* \brief Write an AlgorithmIdentifier sequence in ASN.1 format.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param oid The OID of the algorithm to write.
* \param oid_len The length of the algorithm's OID.
* \param par_len The length of the parameters, which must be already written.
* If 0, NULL parameters are added
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_algorithm_identifier( unsigned char **p,
unsigned char *start,
const char *oid, size_t oid_len,
size_t par_len );
/**
* \brief Write a boolean tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BOOLEAN) and value
* in ASN.1 format.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param boolean The boolean value to write, either \c 0 or \c 1.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_bool( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
int boolean );
/**
* \brief Write an int tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER) and value
* in ASN.1 format.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param val The integer value to write.
* It must be non-negative.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_int( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, int val );
/**
* \brief Write an enum tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_ENUMERATED) and value
* in ASN.1 format.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param val The integer value to write.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_enum( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, int val );
/**
* \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using a specific
* string encoding tag.
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param tag The string encoding tag to write, e.g.
* #MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING.
* \param text The string to write.
* \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might
* be strictly larger than the number of characters).
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_tagged_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
int tag, const char *text,
size_t text_len );
/**
* \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using the PrintableString
* string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING).
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param text The string to write.
* \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might
* be strictly larger than the number of characters).
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_printable_string( unsigned char **p,
unsigned char *start,
const char *text, size_t text_len );
/**
* \brief Write a UTF8 string in ASN.1 format using the UTF8String
* string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING).
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param text The string to write.
* \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might
* be strictly larger than the number of characters).
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_utf8_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const char *text, size_t text_len );
/**
* \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using the IA5String
* string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING).
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param text The string to write.
* \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might
* be strictly larger than the number of characters).
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_ia5_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const char *text, size_t text_len );
/**
* \brief Write a bitstring tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and
* value in ASN.1 format.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param buf The bitstring to write.
* \param bits The total number of bits in the bitstring.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_bitstring( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t bits );
/**
* \brief This function writes a named bitstring tag
* (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and value in ASN.1 format.
*
* As stated in RFC 5280 Appendix B, trailing zeroes are
* omitted when encoding named bitstrings in DER.
*
* \note This function works backwards within the data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer which is used for bounds-checking.
* \param buf The bitstring to write.
* \param bits The total number of bits in the bitstring.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_named_bitstring( unsigned char **p,
unsigned char *start,
const unsigned char *buf,
size_t bits );
/**
* \brief Write an octet string tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING)
* and value in ASN.1 format.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param buf The buffer holding the data to write.
* \param size The length of the data buffer \p buf.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_octet_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t size );
/**
* \brief Create or find a specific named_data entry for writing in a
* sequence or list based on the OID. If not already in there,
* a new entry is added to the head of the list.
* Warning: Destructive behaviour for the val data!
*
* \param list The pointer to the location of the head of the list to seek
* through (will be updated in case of a new entry).
* \param oid The OID to look for.
* \param oid_len The size of the OID.
* \param val The associated data to store. If this is \c NULL,
* no data is copied to the new or existing buffer.
* \param val_len The minimum length of the data buffer needed.
* If this is 0, do not allocate a buffer for the associated
* data.
* If the OID was already present, enlarge, shrink or free
* the existing buffer to fit \p val_len.
*
* \return A pointer to the new / existing entry on success.
* \return \c NULL if if there was a memory allocation error.
*/
mbedtls_asn1_named_data *mbedtls_asn1_store_named_data( mbedtls_asn1_named_data **list,
const char *oid, size_t oid_len,
const unsigned char *val,
size_t val_len );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H */

98
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/mbedtls/base64.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
/**
* \file base64.h
*
* \brief RFC 1521 base64 encoding/decoding
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_BASE64_H
#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
/** Output buffer too small. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x002A
/** Invalid character in input. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER -0x002C
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Encode a buffer into base64 format
*
* \param dst destination buffer
* \param dlen size of the destination buffer
* \param olen number of bytes written
* \param src source buffer
* \param slen amount of data to be encoded
*
* \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
* *olen is always updated to reflect the amount
* of data that has (or would have) been written.
* If that length cannot be represented, then no data is
* written to the buffer and *olen is set to the maximum
* length representable as a size_t.
*
* \note Call this function with dlen = 0 to obtain the
* required buffer size in *olen
*/
int mbedtls_base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t dlen, size_t *olen,
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen );
/**
* \brief Decode a base64-formatted buffer
*
* \param dst destination buffer (can be NULL for checking size)
* \param dlen size of the destination buffer
* \param olen number of bytes written
* \param src source buffer
* \param slen amount of data to be decoded
*
* \return 0 if successful, MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER if the input data is
* not correct. *olen is always updated to reflect the amount
* of data that has (or would have) been written.
*
* \note Call this function with *dst = NULL or dlen = 0 to obtain
* the required buffer size in *olen
*/
int mbedtls_base64_decode( unsigned char *dst, size_t dlen, size_t *olen,
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine
*
* \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
*/
int mbedtls_base64_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* base64.h */

1063
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/mbedtls/bignum.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

288
openharmony/arm64-v8a/include/mbedtls/blowfish.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
/**
* \file blowfish.h
*
* \brief Blowfish block cipher
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_H
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT 1
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT 0
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_MAX_KEY_BITS 448
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_MIN_KEY_BITS 32
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ROUNDS 16 /**< Rounds to use. When increasing this value, make sure to extend the initialisation vectors */
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE 8 /* Blowfish uses 64 bit blocks */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT( -0x0016 )
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
/** Bad input data. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0016
/** Invalid data input length. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0018
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used.
*/
/** Blowfish hardware accelerator failed. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0017
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief Blowfish context structure
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_blowfish_context
{
uint32_t P[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ROUNDS + 2]; /*!< Blowfish round keys */
uint32_t S[4][256]; /*!< key dependent S-boxes */
}
mbedtls_blowfish_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT */
#include "blowfish_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT */
/**
* \brief Initialize a Blowfish context.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to be initialized.
* This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_blowfish_init( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Clear a Blowfish context.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to be cleared.
* This may be \c NULL, in which case this function
* returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL, it must
* point to an initialized Blowfish context.
*/
void mbedtls_blowfish_free( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Perform a Blowfish key schedule operation.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to perform the key schedule on.
* \param key The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer of
* length \p keybits Bits.
* \param keybits The length of \p key in Bits. This must be between
* \c 32 and \c 448 and a multiple of \c 8.
*
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_setkey( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief Perform a Blowfish-ECB block encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. Possible values are
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param input The input block. This must be a readable buffer
* of size \c 8 Bytes.
* \param output The output block. This must be a writable buffer
* of size \c 8 Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
int mode,
const unsigned char input[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE],
unsigned char output[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE] );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
/**
* \brief Perform a Blowfish-CBC buffer encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the function same function again on the following
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. Possible values are
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be
* multiple of \c 8.
* \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer
* of length \c 8 Bytes. It is updated by this function.
* \param input The input data. This must be a readable buffer of length
* \p length Bytes.
* \param output The output data. This must be a writable buffer of length
* \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
/**
* \brief Perform a Blowfish CFB buffer encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the function same function again on the following
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. Possible values are
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv_off The offset in the initialization vector.
* The value pointed to must be smaller than \c 8 Bytes.
* It is updated by this function to support the aforementioned
* streaming usage.
* \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer
* of size \c 8 Bytes. It is updated after use.
* \param input The input data. This must be a readable buffer of length
* \p length Bytes.
* \param output The output data. This must be a writable buffer of length
* \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cfb64( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
size_t *iv_off,
unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /*MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
/**
* \brief Perform a Blowfish-CTR buffer encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
* would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
* the same nonce and key.
*
* There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
*
* 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
* successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
* set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
* then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
* stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
* updated by this function.
*
* With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**64
* blocks of data with the same key.
*
* 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
* nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
* per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
* updated by this function internally.
*
* For example, you might reserve the first 4 bytes for the
* per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that
* case, before calling this function on a new message you need to
* set the first 4 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce
* value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p
* stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most
* 2**32 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key.
*
* The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
* it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique.
* The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message
* counter.
*
* Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
* that a Blowfish block is 8 bytes.
*
* \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
* content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
* securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param nc_off The offset in the current stream_block (for resuming
* within current cipher stream). The offset pointer
* should be \c 0 at the start of a stream and must be
* smaller than \c 8. It is updated by this function.
* \param nonce_counter The 64-bit nonce and counter. This must point to a
* read/write buffer of length \c 8 Bytes.
* \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. This must point to
* a read/write buffer of length \c 8 Bytes.
* \param input The input data. This must be a readable buffer of
* length \p length Bytes.
* \param output The output data. This must be a writable buffer of
* length \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
size_t length,
size_t *nc_off,
unsigned char nonce_counter[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE],
unsigned char stream_block[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* blowfish.h */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More